TW201417162A - Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and bonding sheet - Google Patents

Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and bonding sheet Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201417162A
TW201417162A TW102133991A TW102133991A TW201417162A TW 201417162 A TW201417162 A TW 201417162A TW 102133991 A TW102133991 A TW 102133991A TW 102133991 A TW102133991 A TW 102133991A TW 201417162 A TW201417162 A TW 201417162A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
layer
sheet
susceptor
adhesive layer
wiring
Prior art date
Application number
TW102133991A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Daisuke Uenda
Jun Ishii
Original Assignee
Nitto Denko Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2012218415A external-priority patent/JP2014072442A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012218411A external-priority patent/JP2014072441A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012218402A external-priority patent/JP2014072438A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012218407A external-priority patent/JP2014072440A/en
Priority claimed from JP2012240294A external-priority patent/JP2014090123A/en
Application filed by Nitto Denko Corp filed Critical Nitto Denko Corp
Publication of TW201417162A publication Critical patent/TW201417162A/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/93Batch processes
    • H01L24/95Batch processes at chip-level, i.e. with connecting carried out on a plurality of singulated devices, i.e. on diced chips
    • H01L24/97Batch processes at chip-level, i.e. with connecting carried out on a plurality of singulated devices, i.e. on diced chips the devices being connected to a common substrate, e.g. interposer, said common substrate being separable into individual assemblies after connecting
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/28Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
    • H01L23/31Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
    • H01L23/3107Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed
    • H01L23/3114Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed the device being a chip scale package, e.g. CSP
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/18High density interconnect [HDI] connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/19Manufacturing methods of high density interconnect preforms
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/10Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/15Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/16Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
    • H01L2224/161Disposition
    • H01L2224/16151Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
    • H01L2224/16221Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
    • H01L2224/16225Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation

Abstract

The purpose of the present invention is to provide a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device, which is capable of easily manufacturing a semiconductor device in cases where the semiconductor device is manufactured by mounting a workpiece on a wiring line that has been formed on a supporting base and then separating the workpiece with the wiring line from the supporting base. This method for manufacturing a semiconductor device comprises: a step for preparing a bonding sheet which has a first adhesive layer and a second layer that exhibits lower adhesion to a supporting base than the first adhesive layer after bonding, with at least the peripheral portion thereof being formed of the first adhesive layer; a step for bonding the bonding sheet to the supporting base, while using the lower surface as a bonding surface; a step for forming a wiring line on the bonding sheet that has been bonded to the supporting base; a step for mounting a workpiece on the wiring line; and a step for separating the workpiece with the wiring line from the supporting base after the mounting.

Description

半導體裝置之製造方法及接著片 Semiconductor device manufacturing method and film

本發明係關於一種半導體裝置之製造方法及接著片。 The present invention relates to a method of fabricating a semiconductor device and an adhesive sheet.

先前,於半導體裝置之製造步驟中,存在進行如下步驟之情況:將裝置暫時固定於基座上之後,對裝置進行特定處理,其後將基座分離(例如參照專利文獻1、專利文獻2)。 In the manufacturing process of the semiconductor device, there is a case where the device is subjected to specific processing after temporarily fixing the device to the susceptor, and then the susceptor is separated (for example, refer to Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2) .

專利文獻1中揭示有如下方法,該方法係經由不形成較強接著結合之填充層將作為第1基板之裝置晶圓與作為第2基板之載體基板進行壓接,並且對填充層之周緣填充接合素材並進行硬化,藉此形成邊緣接合而使第1基板與第2基板接著。專利文獻1中揭示:於第1基板與第2基板接著之狀態下進行所需之處理步驟,其後將第1基板與第2基板分離。分離係首先使邊緣接合溶解於溶劑中或進行雷射切割,此後施加低機械力,藉此將第1基板與第2基板分離。 Patent Document 1 discloses a method in which a device wafer as a first substrate and a carrier substrate as a second substrate are pressure-bonded without forming a strong bonding layer, and the periphery of the filling layer is filled. The material is bonded and hardened, thereby forming edge bonding to bring the first substrate and the second substrate into contact. Patent Document 1 discloses that a desired processing step is performed in a state where the first substrate and the second substrate are next, and then the first substrate and the second substrate are separated. The separation system first dissolves the edge bonding in a solvent or performs laser cutting, and thereafter applies a low mechanical force to separate the first substrate from the second substrate.

又,專利文獻2中提供如下積層體,其係經由包含選自由醯亞胺、醯胺醯亞胺及醯胺醯亞胺-矽氧烷之聚合物及低聚物所構成之群中、選自由低聚物及聚合物所構成之群中之化合物的接合用組合物層將第1基板與第2基板接合而成者,且揭示如下之晶圓接合方法,其包括將上述積層體暴露於足以使上述接合層軟化之溫度下而將上述第1基板與上述第2基板分離。 Further, Patent Document 2 provides a laminate in which a group consisting of a polymer and an oligomer selected from the group consisting of quinone imine, amidoximine, and amidoxime-oxime is selected. A bonding composition layer of a compound in a group of a free oligomer and a polymer, wherein the first substrate and the second substrate are bonded together, and a wafer bonding method including exposing the laminated body to The first substrate and the second substrate are separated at a temperature sufficient to soften the bonding layer.

另一方面,先前,作為將晶片連接(安裝)於外部之配線之方法,使用使配線之特定部分對應於該晶片之電極位置而將兩者連接之方法 (例如倒裝晶片接合)。所謂外部之配線,係於與晶片一起密封之封裝用電路基板、或安裝有多個其他元件之一般電路基板等上所形成的配線等,與晶片分開形成。又,晶片與封裝用電路基板連接時,亦存在使稱為中介層之附有接點之軟性配線電路基板介於其間之情況。 On the other hand, as a method of connecting (mounting) a wafer to the outside, a method of connecting the specific portion of the wiring to the electrode position of the wafer is used. (eg flip chip bonding). The external wiring is formed separately from the wafer by wiring or the like formed on a circuit board for packaging sealed with a wafer or a general circuit board on which a plurality of other components are mounted. Further, when the wafer is connected to the circuit board for packaging, there is a case where a flexible wiring circuit board having a contact layer called an interposer is interposed therebetween.

如上所述之中介層等軟性配線電路基板係由於其軟性之性質,故而於晶片安裝等製造步驟中之操作性欠佳。因此,先前使用如下方法:首先,於金屬支持基板上形成軟性配線電路基板作為具有適當剛性之該配線電路基板,於改善步驟中之操作性之狀態下進行晶片安裝,並於安裝剛體即晶片後去除金屬支持基板。 The flexible printed circuit board such as the interposer described above has poor operability in a manufacturing step such as wafer mounting due to its soft nature. Therefore, the following method is used: First, a flexible printed circuit board is formed on a metal supporting substrate as the wiring circuit substrate having appropriate rigidity, and wafer mounting is performed in a state of operability in the improving step, and after mounting a rigid body or a wafer Remove the metal support substrate.

先前,如上述所說明般進行在金屬支持基板上形成軟性配線電路基板並於晶片安裝後去除金屬支持基板的加工。此處,金屬支持基板與配線電路基板形成為一體不可分之積層體,於晶片安裝後去除該金屬支持基板時,利用蝕刻。然而,存在利用蝕刻去除金屬支持基板之步驟,故而亦存在如下問題:賦予及去除抗蝕劑等而製造步驟變得複雜,製造成本變高。 Previously, the processing of forming a flexible printed circuit board on a metal supporting substrate and removing the metal supporting substrate after the wafer mounting was performed as described above. Here, the metal supporting substrate and the printed circuit board are integrally formed as an inseparable layer, and etching is performed when the metal supporting board is removed after the wafer is mounted. However, there is a step of removing the metal supporting substrate by etching. Therefore, there is a problem in that the manufacturing process is complicated and the manufacturing cost is increased because the resist is applied and removed.

[先前技術文獻] [Previous Technical Literature] [專利文獻] [Patent Literature]

[專利文獻1]日本專利特表2011-510518號公報 [Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2011-510518

[專利文獻2]日本專利特表2010-531385號公報 [Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2010-531385

因此,考慮如下方法:利用如專利文獻1中所揭示之填充層及邊緣接合將金屬支持基板與配線電路基板接著,晶片安裝後進行剝離之方法。又,亦考慮如下方法:經由如專利文獻2中所揭示之接合用組合物層將金屬支持基板與配線電路基板接著,晶片安裝後進行剝離之方法。 Therefore, a method of peeling the metal supporting substrate and the printed circuit board by the filling layer and the edge bonding as disclosed in Patent Document 1, and performing the peeling after the wafer is mounted is considered. In addition, a method of peeling the metal supporting substrate and the printed circuit board by the bonding composition layer disclosed in Patent Document 2, and performing the peeling after the wafer is mounted is also considered.

專利文獻1中所記載之填充層或專利文獻2中所記載之接合用組合物層係利用旋轉塗佈等將溶液狀材料塗佈於一側之基板上而形成。然而,若利用塗佈形成接著所需要之厚度100μm左右之層,則存在如下問題:通常塗佈面變得粗糙,有時無法獲得所需之接著力。又,尤其是於利用旋轉塗佈進行塗佈之情形時,材料之大部分飛散至基板外,故而存在材料浪費之問題。又,材料為接著用之黏度較高者,故而於去除由飛散之材料所產生的旋轉塗佈機之污垢時,存在耗費勞力之問題。 The filling layer described in Patent Document 1 or the bonding composition layer described in Patent Document 2 is formed by applying a solution-like material to a substrate on one side by spin coating or the like. However, if a layer having a thickness of about 100 μm which is required to be subsequently formed is formed by coating, there is a problem that the coated surface is generally rough, and the desired adhesive force may not be obtained. Moreover, especially in the case of coating by spin coating, most of the material is scattered outside the substrate, so there is a problem of material waste. Further, since the material has a higher viscosity for subsequent use, there is a problem in that labor is required to remove the dirt of the spin coater caused by the scattered material.

本案發明者等人發現,藉由採用下述構成,可解決上述問題,從而達成本發明。 The inventors of the present invention have found that the above problems can be solved by adopting the following configuration, and the present invention has been achieved.

即,第1本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法之特徵在於:其係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層者,且至少上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成;將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;及上述安裝後將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 That is, the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the first aspect of the present invention is characterized in that the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring includes a step of preparing a bonding sheet having the first sheet The adhesive layer and the adhesion force after being attached to the susceptor are lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer, and at least the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer; a step of forming a wiring on the substrate after bonding to the susceptor; a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; and separating the workpiece with the wiring from the susceptor after the mounting The steps.

根據上述構成,將接著片貼合於基座上,於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線。其後,於上述配線上安裝工件,上述安裝後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離。上述接著片為片狀,故而可於僅貼合於基座上之情況下簡便地使用。又,由於使用片狀接著片,故而如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料之情況較少。又,接著片係另行準備,故而可準備片材面均勻者。如此,根據上述構成,於形成於基座 上之配線上安裝工件後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離而製造半導體裝置時,使用片狀接著片,故而可於不浪費材料之情況下簡便地製造該半導體裝置。 According to the above configuration, the adhesive sheet is bonded to the susceptor, and the wiring is formed on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the susceptor. Thereafter, the workpiece is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor. Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, it can be easily used when it is bonded only to the susceptor. Further, since the sheet-shaped succeeding film is used, there are few cases where the material is wasted as a spin coating. Further, since the sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform surface. Thus, according to the above configuration, it is formed on the pedestal After the workpiece is mounted on the wiring, the semiconductor device is manufactured by separating the workpiece with the wiring from the susceptor and manufacturing the semiconductor device. Therefore, the semiconductor device can be easily manufactured without wasting material.

又,根據上述構成,作為接著片而使用如下接著片,其係具有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層者,且至少上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成。接著力高於第2層之第1接著劑層存在於周邊部,故而可將該部分牢固地貼合於基座及配線上。又,不僅具有第1接著劑層,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層,故而只要於分離之步驟中降低第1接著劑層之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。作為降低第1接著劑層之接著力之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層而降低接著力之方法;利用切割機或雷射等於第1接著劑層物理性地切出切口而降低接著力之方法;預先使用接著力會隨著加熱而降低之材料形成第1接著劑層,利用加熱降低接著力之方法等。上述構成中,於接著片之周邊部形成有第1接著劑層,故而於分離之步驟中,容易利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層、或利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口而降低第1接著劑層之接著力。再者,第1本發明中,所謂貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層之接著力及第2層之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。例如,於藉由貼附於基座上之後進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而使第1接著劑層或第2層之接著力於貼附於基座上之前後發生變化之情形時,係指貼附於基座上之後的狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之第1接著劑層或第2層對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。又,第1本發明中,所謂工件,包括未形成有電路之晶圓、形成有電路之晶圓、未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓及半導體晶片(形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓)。其中,第1本發明之工件較佳為未形成有電路之經單片化之晶 圓、或半導體晶片。再者,未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓及半導體晶片亦稱為晶片狀工件。 Further, according to the above configuration, the adhesive sheet having the first adhesive layer and the adhesion strength after being attached to the susceptor lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer is used as the adhesive sheet, and at least The peripheral portion of the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is formed of the above-described first adhesive layer. Then, the first adhesive layer having a higher force than the second layer is present in the peripheral portion, so that the portion can be firmly bonded to the susceptor and the wiring. Moreover, since not only the first adhesive layer but also the second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer is provided, if the adhesion of the first adhesive layer is lowered in the step of separating, the external force can be used. The susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring are easily separated up and down. As a method of lowering the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer, a method of reducing the adhesion force by dissolving the first adhesive layer in a solvent is used, and the slit is physically cut by a cutter or a laser equal to the first adhesive layer. A method of lowering the adhesion force; a method of forming a first adhesive layer by using a material whose heating force is lowered by heating, and a method of reducing the adhesion force by heating, or the like. In the above configuration, since the first adhesive layer is formed on the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet, in the step of separating, the first adhesive layer is easily dissolved in a solvent, or the slit is physically cut by a cutter or a laser. The adhesion of the first adhesive layer is lowered. Further, in the first aspect of the invention, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer and the adhesion force of the second layer after being attached to the susceptor means that the temperature is 23 ± 2 ° C and the peeling speed is 300 mm / min. The peeling force is 90° for the wafer. For example, when the adhesion of the first adhesive layer or the second layer is changed after being attached to the susceptor by yttrium imidization or thermal hardening after being attached to the susceptor, It refers to the first adhesive layer or the second layer of the first adhesive layer or the second layer after being attached to the susceptor on the susceptor (for yttrium imidation or thermal curing). Further, in the first aspect of the invention, the workpiece includes a wafer in which no circuit is formed, a wafer in which a circuit is formed, a wafer in which a circuit is not formed, and a semiconductor wafer (a monolith in which a circuit is formed) Wafer) Wherein, the workpiece of the first invention is preferably a monolithic crystal in which no circuit is formed. Round, or semiconductor wafer. Furthermore, monolithic wafers and semiconductor wafers that are not formed with circuitry are also referred to as wafer-like workpieces.

上述構成中,上述接著片係藉由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層而形成較上述周邊部更內側之中央部,貼合於上述基座上之步驟較佳為以上述第2層露出之側的面作為貼合面而將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟。根據上述構成,可利用僅第1接著劑層露出之面更牢固地固定形成於接著片上之配線。又,藉由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層而形成上述中央部。因此,與僅由第1接著劑層所形成之周邊部相比,藉由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層而形成之中央部的接著力相對較低。因此,若至少降低周邊部之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。又,上述第2層亦與基座接觸,故而分離之步驟後,容易將該接著片自基座剝離。因此,容易回收基座。 In the above configuration, the adhesive sheet is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer and the second layer, and is formed on the pedestal by the center portion of the peripheral portion. The surface on the side where the two layers are exposed is a step of bonding the above-mentioned adhesive sheet to the susceptor as a bonding surface. According to the above configuration, the wiring formed on the adhesive sheet can be more firmly fixed by the surface on which only the first adhesive layer is exposed. Further, the central portion is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Therefore, the adhesion force at the central portion formed by laminating the first adhesive layer and the second layer is relatively lower than that of the peripheral portion formed only by the first adhesive layer. Therefore, if at least the adhesion of the peripheral portion is lowered, the susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring can be easily separated up and down by an external force. Further, since the second layer is also in contact with the susceptor, the step of separating is likely to be peeled off from the susceptor. Therefore, the susceptor is easily recovered.

上述構成中,上述接著片亦較佳為藉由上述第2層而形成較上述周邊部更內側之中央部。根據上述構成,藉由上述第2層而形成中央部,故而於分離之步驟中,若降低第1接著劑層之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。又,藉由上述第2層而形成中央部,第2層亦與基座接觸,故而分離之步驟後,容易將該接著片自基座剝離。因此,容易回收基座。 In the above configuration, it is preferable that the above-mentioned succeeding sheet has a central portion which is further inside than the peripheral portion by the second layer. According to the above configuration, since the center portion is formed by the second layer, in the step of separating, if the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer is lowered, the susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring can be easily attached by an external force. Separate under. Further, since the center portion is formed by the second layer, and the second layer is also in contact with the susceptor, the step of separating is likely to be detached from the susceptor. Therefore, the susceptor is easily recovered.

上述構成中,上述接著片係藉由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層而形成較上述周邊部更內側之中央部,貼合於上述基座上之步驟較佳為以僅上述第1接著劑層露出之側的面作為貼合面而將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟。根據上述構成,可將僅第1接著劑層露出之面更牢固地固定於基座上。藉由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層而形成上述中央部。因此,與僅由第1接著劑層所形成之周邊部相比,藉由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層而形成之中央部之接著 力相對較低。因此,若至少降低周邊部之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。 In the above configuration, the adhesive sheet is formed on the inner side of the peripheral portion by the laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer, and the step of bonding to the susceptor is preferably only the above The surface on the side where the first adhesive layer is exposed is a step of bonding the above-mentioned adhesive sheet to the susceptor as a bonding surface. According to the above configuration, the surface on which only the first adhesive layer is exposed can be more firmly fixed to the susceptor. The central portion is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Therefore, the central portion formed by laminating the first adhesive layer and the second layer is formed in comparison with the peripheral portion formed only by the first adhesive layer. The force is relatively low. Therefore, if at least the adhesion of the peripheral portion is lowered, the susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring can be easily separated up and down by an external force.

又,為了解決上述問題,第1本發明之接著片之特徵在於,用於上述中所記載的半導體裝置之製造方法。 Moreover, in order to solve the above problems, the adhesive sheet according to the first aspect of the invention is characterized in that it is used in the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device described above.

又,第2-1本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法之特徵在於:其係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層者,且上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第2層形成;將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;及上述安裝後,自上述工件側切出切口直至到達上述接著片之上述中央部為止,藉此將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 Further, a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a 2-1 aspect of the invention is characterized in that the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring includes: a step of preparing a bonding sheet having The first adhesive layer and the adhesion force after being attached to the susceptor are lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer, and the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer, which is higher than the peripheral portion. a central portion of the inner side is formed by the second layer; a step of bonding the adhesive sheet to the susceptor; a step of forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet; a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; and after the mounting, The workpiece is cut out from the workpiece until the center portion of the succeeding sheet is reached, thereby separating the workpiece with the wiring from the susceptor.

根據上述構成,將接著片貼合於基座上,於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線。其後,於上述配線上安裝工件,上述安裝後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離。上述接著片為片狀,故而可於僅貼合於基座上之情況下簡便地使用。又,由於使用片狀接著片,故而如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料之情況較少。又,接著片係另行準備,故而可準備片材面均勻者。如此,根據上述構成,於形成於基座上之配線上安裝工件後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離而製造半導體裝置時,使用片狀接著片,故而可於不浪費材料之情況下簡便地製造該半導體裝置。 According to the above configuration, the adhesive sheet is bonded to the susceptor, and the wiring is formed on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the susceptor. Thereafter, the workpiece is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor. Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, it can be easily used when it is bonded only to the susceptor. Further, since the sheet-shaped succeeding film is used, there are few cases where the material is wasted as a spin coating. Further, since the sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform surface. According to the above configuration, after the workpiece is mounted on the wiring formed on the susceptor, and the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor to manufacture the semiconductor device, the sheet-like slab is used, so that the material can be dispensed with The semiconductor device is simply fabricated.

又,上述接著片之周邊部由第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由第2層形成,故而若於配線上安裝工件後,自上述工 件側切出切口直至到達上述接著片之上述中央部為止,則基座與附有配線之工件僅經由第2層而對向。其結果,於分離之步驟中,可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。再者,第2本發明中,所謂貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層之接著力及第2層之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。例如,於藉由貼附於基座上之後進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而使第1接著劑層或第2層之接著力於貼附於基座上之前後發生變化之情形時,係指貼附於基座上之後的狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之第1接著劑層或第2層對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。又,第2本發明中,所謂工件,包括未形成有電路之晶圓、形成有電路之晶圓、未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓及半導體晶片(形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓)。其中,第2本發明之工件較佳為未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓、或半導體晶片。再者,未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓及半導體晶片亦稱為晶片狀工件。 Further, since the peripheral portion of the above-mentioned succeeding film is formed of the first adhesive layer, and the central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is formed of the second layer, if the workpiece is attached to the wiring, the work is performed from the above. When the slit is cut out from the sheet side until reaching the center portion of the succeeding sheet, the susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring are opposed to each other only via the second layer. As a result, in the step of separating, the susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring can be easily separated up and down by an external force. Further, in the second aspect of the invention, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer and the adhesion force of the second layer after being attached to the susceptor means that the temperature is 23±2° C. and the peeling speed is 300 mm/min. The peeling force is 90° for the wafer. For example, when the adhesion of the first adhesive layer or the second layer is changed after being attached to the susceptor by yttrium imidization or thermal hardening after being attached to the susceptor, It refers to the first adhesive layer or the second layer of the first adhesive layer or the second layer after being attached to the susceptor on the susceptor (for yttrium imidation or thermal curing). Further, in the second aspect of the invention, the workpiece includes a wafer in which no circuit is formed, a wafer in which a circuit is formed, a wafer in which a circuit is not formed, and a semiconductor wafer (a monolith in which a circuit is formed) Wafer) Among them, the workpiece of the second invention is preferably a singulated wafer or a semiconductor wafer in which no circuit is formed. Furthermore, monolithic wafers and semiconductor wafers that are not formed with circuitry are also referred to as wafer-like workpieces.

又,第2-2本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法之特徵在於:其係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層者,且上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成;以僅上述第1接著劑層露出之側的面作為貼合面而將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;及上述安裝後,對於上述接著片自上述工件側切出切口直至達到上述中央部之上述第1接著劑層為止,藉此將附有配線之工件自上述 基座分離之步驟。 Further, the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the second aspect of the present invention is characterized in that it is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, and includes a step of preparing a bonding sheet having The first adhesive layer and the adhesion force after being attached to the susceptor are lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer, and the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer, which is higher than the peripheral portion. The central portion of the inner side is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer, and the surface of the side on which the first adhesive layer is exposed is used as a bonding surface, and the adhesive sheet is bonded to the susceptor. a step of forming a wiring on the bonding sheet; a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; and, after the mounting, cutting the slit from the workpiece side to the first adhesive layer in the center portion Thereby using the wiring attached workpiece from the above The step of separating the susceptor.

根據上述構成,將接著片貼合於基座上,於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線。其後,於上述配線上安裝工件,上述安裝後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離。上述接著片為片狀,故而可於僅貼合於基座上之情況下簡便地使用。又,由於使用片狀接著片,故而如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料之情況較少。又,接著片係另行準備,故而可準備片材面均勻者。如此,根據上述構成,於形成於基座上之配線上安裝工件後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離而製造半導體裝置時,使用片狀接著片,故而可於不浪費材料之情況下簡便地製造該半導體裝置。 According to the above configuration, the adhesive sheet is bonded to the susceptor, and the wiring is formed on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the susceptor. Thereafter, the workpiece is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor. Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, it can be easily used when it is bonded only to the susceptor. Further, since the sheet-shaped succeeding film is used, there are few cases where the material is wasted as a spin coating. Further, since the sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform surface. According to the above configuration, after the workpiece is mounted on the wiring formed on the susceptor, and the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor to manufacture the semiconductor device, the sheet-like slab is used, so that the material can be dispensed with The semiconductor device is simply fabricated.

又,上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成,故而若於配線上安裝工件後,對於上述接著片自上述工件側切出切口直至到達上述中央部之上述第1接著劑層為止,則基座與附有配線之工件僅經由上述第1接著層與上述第2層之積層部分而相對向。此時,使上述第1接著劑層貼合於基座上,第2層與附有配線之工件接觸。其結果,於分離之步驟中,可藉由外力而於上述第2層與上述配線之界面容易地剝離。因此,可將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。 Further, the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer, and the central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer, so that after the workpiece is mounted on the wiring When the slit is cut out from the workpiece side until reaching the first adhesive layer at the center portion, the susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring pass only through the laminated portion of the first adhesive layer and the second layer. And relative. At this time, the first adhesive layer is bonded to the susceptor, and the second layer is brought into contact with the workpiece to which the wiring is attached. As a result, in the step of separating, the interface between the second layer and the wiring can be easily peeled off by an external force. Therefore, the susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring can be easily separated up and down.

又,第2-3本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法之特徵在於:其係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層者,且上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成;以僅上述第1接著劑層露出之側之面的相反側之面作為貼合面而將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟; 於上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;及上述安裝後,對於上述接著片自上述工件側切出切口直至到達上述第2層為止,藉此將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 Further, a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a 2-3rd aspect of the present invention is characterized in that it is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, and includes a step of preparing a bonding sheet having The first adhesive layer and the adhesion force after being attached to the susceptor are lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer, and the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer, which is higher than the peripheral portion. The central portion of the inner side is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer, and the surface of the opposite side of the surface on which the first adhesive layer is exposed is used as a bonding surface to bond the adhesive sheet. a step on the pedestal; a step of forming a wiring on the bonding sheet; a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; and after the mounting, cutting the workpiece from the workpiece side to the second layer until the second layer is reached The step of separating from the above susceptor.

根據上述構成,將接著片貼合於基座上,於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線。其後,於上述配線上安裝工件,上述安裝後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離。上述接著片為片狀,故而可於僅貼合於基座上之情況下簡便地使用。又,由於使用片狀接著片,故而如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料之情況較少。又,接著片係另行準備,故而可準備片材面均勻者。如此,根據上述構成,於形成於基座上之配線上安裝工件後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離而製造半導體裝置時,使用片狀接著片,故而可於不浪費材料之情況下簡便地製造該半導體裝置。 According to the above configuration, the adhesive sheet is bonded to the susceptor, and the wiring is formed on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the susceptor. Thereafter, the workpiece is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor. Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, it can be easily used when it is bonded only to the susceptor. Further, since the sheet-shaped succeeding film is used, there are few cases where the material is wasted as a spin coating. Further, since the sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform surface. According to the above configuration, after the workpiece is mounted on the wiring formed on the susceptor, and the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor to manufacture the semiconductor device, the sheet-like slab is used, so that the material can be dispensed with The semiconductor device is simply fabricated.

又,上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成,故而若於配線上安裝工件後,對於上述接著片自上述工件側切出切口直至到達上述第2層為止,則基座與附有配線之工件僅經由上述第1接著層與上述第2層之積層部分而相對向。因此,於分離之步驟中,可藉由外力而於上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之界面、或上述第2層與上述基座之界面容易地剝離。其後,將第1接著劑層自配線剝離。藉此,可將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。 Further, the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer, and the central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer, so that after the workpiece is mounted on the wiring When the slit is cut out from the workpiece side until reaching the second layer, the susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring are opposed to each other only via the laminated portion of the first subsequent layer and the second layer. Therefore, in the step of separating, the interface between the first adhesive layer and the second layer or the interface between the second layer and the susceptor can be easily peeled off by an external force. Thereafter, the first adhesive layer is peeled off from the wiring. Thereby, the susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring can be easily separated up and down.

又,為了解決上述問題,第2本發明之接著片之特徵在於,用於上述中所記載之半導體裝置之製造方法。 Moreover, in order to solve the above problems, the second sheet of the present invention is characterized by being used in the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device described above.

又,第3本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法之特徵在於:其係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且包括: 準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係積層有第1接著劑層及貼附於基 座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層;將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;及上述安裝後將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 Further, a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a third aspect of the present invention is characterized in that the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring includes: a step of preparing a film having a first adhesive layer and attached to the substrate a bonding force after the seat is lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer; a step of bonding the bonding sheet to the susceptor; and a step of forming a wiring on the bonding sheet after being bonded to the susceptor; a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; and a step of separating the workpiece with the wiring from the susceptor after the mounting.

根據上述構成,將接著片貼合於基座上,於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線。其後,於上述配線上安裝工件,上述安裝後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離。上述接著片為片狀,故而可於僅貼合於基座上之情況下簡便地使用。又,由於使用片狀接著片,故而如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料之情況較少。又,接著片係另行準備,故而可準備片材面均勻者。如此,根據上述構成,於形成於基座上之配線上安裝工件後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離而製造半導體裝置時,使用片狀接著片,故而可於不浪費材料之情況下簡便地製造該半導體裝置。 According to the above configuration, the adhesive sheet is bonded to the susceptor, and the wiring is formed on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the susceptor. Thereafter, the workpiece is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor. Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, it can be easily used when it is bonded only to the susceptor. Further, since the sheet-shaped succeeding film is used, there are few cases where the material is wasted as a spin coating. Further, since the sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform surface. According to the above configuration, after the workpiece is mounted on the wiring formed on the susceptor, and the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor to manufacture the semiconductor device, the sheet-like slab is used, so that the material can be dispensed with The semiconductor device is simply fabricated.

又,根據上述構成,使用積層有第1接著劑層及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層之接著片。由於存在第1接著劑層,故而於形成配線之步驟或安裝工件之步驟等中,可預先將配線等固定於基座上。又,不僅具有第1接著劑層,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層,故而於分離之步驟中,可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。再者,於分離之步驟中,亦可於降低第1接著劑層之接著力後進行分離。作為降低第1接著劑層之接著力之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層而降低接著力之方法;利用切割機或雷射等於第1接著劑層物理性地切出切口而降低接著力之方法;預先使用接著力會隨著加熱而降低之材料形成第1接著劑層,利用加熱降低接著力之方法等。再者,第3本發明中,所謂貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層之接著力及第2層之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度 300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。例如,於藉由貼附於基座上之後進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而使第1接著劑層或第2層之接著力於貼附於基座上之前後發生變化之情形時,係指貼附於基座上之後的狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之第1接著劑層或第2層對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。又,第3本發明中,所謂工件,包括未形成有電路之晶圓、形成有電路之晶圓、未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓及半導體晶片(形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓)。其中,第3本發明之工件較佳為未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓、或半導體晶片。再者,未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓及半導體晶片亦稱為晶片狀工件。 Further, according to the above configuration, a back sheet in which a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer are laminated is used. Since the first adhesive layer is present, wiring or the like can be fixed to the susceptor in advance in the step of forming the wiring or the step of mounting the workpiece. Further, not only the first adhesive layer but also the second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer, the susceptor and the wiring-attached workpiece can be easily moved up and down by an external force in the separating step. Separation. Further, in the step of separating, the separation may be performed after lowering the adhesion of the first adhesive layer. As a method of lowering the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer, a method of reducing the adhesion force by dissolving the first adhesive layer in a solvent is used, and the slit is physically cut by a cutter or a laser equal to the first adhesive layer. A method of lowering the adhesion force; a method of forming a first adhesive layer by using a material whose heating force is lowered by heating, and a method of reducing the adhesion force by heating, or the like. Further, in the third aspect of the invention, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer and the adhesion force of the second layer after being attached to the susceptor means a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C and a peeling speed. 90° tear-off peel force for tantalum wafers under conditions of 300 mm/min. For example, when the adhesion of the first adhesive layer or the second layer is changed after being attached to the susceptor by yttrium imidization or thermal hardening after being attached to the susceptor, It refers to the first adhesive layer or the second layer of the first adhesive layer or the second layer after being attached to the susceptor on the susceptor (for yttrium imidation or thermal curing). Further, in the third aspect of the invention, the workpiece includes a wafer in which no circuit is formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, a wafer in which a circuit is not formed, and a semiconductor wafer (a single chip in which a circuit is formed) Wafer) Among them, the workpiece of the third invention is preferably a singulated wafer or a semiconductor wafer in which no circuit is formed. Furthermore, monolithic wafers and semiconductor wafers that are not formed with circuitry are also referred to as wafer-like workpieces.

上述構成中,上述貼合之步驟較佳為以上述接著片之上述第2層作為貼合面而貼合於基座上之步驟。若上述貼合之步驟為以上述接著片之上述第2層作為貼合面而貼合於基座上之步驟,則於第1接著劑層上形成有配線。因此,於形成配線之步驟或安裝工件之步驟等中,可預先將配線等更牢固地固定於基座上。 In the above configuration, the step of bonding is preferably a step of bonding the second layer of the adhesive sheet to the susceptor as a bonding surface. When the bonding step is a step of bonding the second layer of the adhesive sheet to the susceptor as a bonding surface, wiring is formed on the first adhesive layer. Therefore, in the step of forming the wiring or the step of mounting the workpiece, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the susceptor more firmly in advance.

上述構成中,上述貼合之步驟亦較佳為以上述接著片之上述第1接著劑層作為貼合面而貼合於基座上之步驟。若上述貼合之步驟為以上述接著片之上述第1接著劑層作為貼合面而貼合於基座上之步驟,則第1接著劑層牢固地貼附於基座上。因此,於形成配線之步驟或安裝工件之步驟等中,可預先將配線等更牢固地固定於基座上。 In the above configuration, the step of bonding is preferably a step of bonding the first adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet to the susceptor as a bonding surface. When the bonding step is a step of bonding the first adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet to the susceptor as a bonding surface, the first adhesive layer is firmly attached to the susceptor. Therefore, in the step of forming the wiring or the step of mounting the workpiece, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the susceptor more firmly in advance.

又,為了解決上述問題,第3本發明之接著片之特徵在於,用於上述中所記載之半導體裝置之製造方法。 Moreover, in order to solve the above problems, the adhesive sheet according to the third aspect of the invention is characterized in that it is used in the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device described above.

又,第4本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法之特徵在於:其係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且包括:將暫時固定用片材配置於基座上,並且於上述暫時固定用片材與基座端部之傾斜部分之間形成接著力高於上述暫時固定片材之接著 劑層,而將上述暫時固定用片材固定於基座上之步驟;於固定於上述基座上之上述暫時固定用片材上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;及上述安裝後,將上述接著劑層自上述暫時固定用片材分離,藉此將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 Moreover, the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention is characterized in that the method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring includes: disposing a sheet for temporary fixing on a susceptor, and Forming an adhesion force between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined portion of the end portion of the base higher than the temporary fixing sheet a step of fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the susceptor, a step of forming a wiring on the temporary fixing sheet fixed to the susceptor, a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring, and the above After the mounting, the above-mentioned adhesive layer is separated from the temporary fixing sheet, whereby the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor.

根據上述構成,將暫時固定用片材固定於基座上,於固定於上述基座上之後的上述暫時固定用片材上形成配線。其後,於上述配線上安裝工件,上述安裝後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離。上述暫時固定用片材為片狀,故而可於僅固定於基座上之情況下簡便地使用。又,由於為片狀暫時固定用片材,故而如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料之情況較少。又,暫時固定用片材係另行準備,故而可準備片材面均勻者。如此,根據上述構成,於形成於基座上之配線上安裝工件後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離而製造半導體裝置時,使用片狀暫時固定用片材,故而可於不浪費材料之情況下簡便地製造該半導體裝置。 According to the above configuration, the temporary fixing sheet is fixed to the susceptor, and wiring is formed on the temporary fixing sheet after being fixed to the susceptor. Thereafter, the workpiece is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor. Since the temporary fixing sheet has a sheet shape, it can be easily used when it is fixed only to the susceptor. Further, since it is a sheet-like temporary fixing sheet, there are few cases where materials are wasted as a spin coating. Further, since the sheet for temporary fixing is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform surface. According to the above configuration, after the workpiece is mounted on the wiring formed on the susceptor, and the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor to manufacture the semiconductor device, the sheet-shaped temporary fixing sheet is used, so that no waste can be avoided. The semiconductor device is simply fabricated in the case of a material.

又,根據上述構成,將暫時固定用片材配置於基座上,並且於上述暫時固定用片材與基座端部之傾斜部分之間形成接著力高於上述暫時固定片材之接著劑層,而將上述暫時固定用片材固定於基座上。暫時固定用片材對於基座之固定係主要藉由形成於基座端部之傾斜部分的接著劑層而進行,故而於分離之步驟中,若將上述接著劑層自上述暫時固定用片材分離,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。作為將接著劑層自暫時固定用片材分離之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解上述接著劑層而將接著劑層自暫時固定用片材分離之方法;利用切割機或雷射等於上述暫時固定用片材上物理性地切出切口而將接著劑層自暫時固定用片材分離之方法;預先使用接著力會 隨著加熱而降低之材料形成上述接著劑層,利用加熱降低接著力而將上述接著劑層自暫時固定用片材分離之方法等。上述構成中,使上述接著劑層形成於基座端部之傾斜部分,故而於分離之步驟中,容易利用溶劑溶解上述接著劑層、或利用切割機或雷射等於上述暫時固定用片材上物理性地切出切口而降低上述接著劑層之接著力。再者,第4本發明中,所謂接著劑層之接著力及暫時固定用片材之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。例如,於藉由貼附於基座上之後進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而使暫時固定用片材或接著劑層之接著力於貼附於基座上之前後發生變化之情形時,係指貼附於基座上之後的狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之暫時固定用片材或接著劑層對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。又,第4本發明中,所謂工件,包括未形成有電路之晶圓、形成有電路之晶圓、未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓及半導體晶片(形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓)。其中,第4本發明之工件較佳為未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓、或半導體晶片。再者,未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓及半導體晶片亦稱為晶片狀工件。 Further, according to the above configuration, the temporary fixing sheet is disposed on the susceptor, and an adhesive layer having a higher adhesion force than the temporary fixing sheet is formed between the temporary fixing sheet and the inclined portion of the pedestal end portion. The above-mentioned temporary fixing sheet is fixed to the susceptor. The fixing of the temporary fixing sheet to the susceptor is mainly performed by the adhesive layer formed on the inclined portion of the end portion of the susceptor. Therefore, in the separating step, the adhesive layer is applied from the temporary fixing sheet. When separated, the susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring can be easily separated up and down by an external force. The method of separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet includes a method of dissolving the above-mentioned adhesive layer by a solvent to separate the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet; and using a cutter or a laser equal to the above-described temporary fixing a method of physically cutting a slit from a sheet to separate the adhesive layer from the sheet for temporary fixing; The material which is lowered by heating forms the above-mentioned adhesive layer, and the method of separating the above-mentioned adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet by heating and lowering the adhesive force is used. In the above configuration, since the adhesive layer is formed on the inclined portion of the end portion of the base, in the step of separating, the adhesive layer is easily dissolved by a solvent, or the cutting machine or the laser is equal to the temporary fixing sheet. The slit is physically cut to reduce the adhesion of the above adhesive layer. Further, in the fourth aspect of the invention, the adhesion force of the adhesive layer and the adhesion force of the temporary fixing sheet means 90° for the silicon wafer under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. Peel off the peeling force. For example, when the adhesion of the sheet for temporary fixing or the adhesive layer is changed before being attached to the susceptor by yttrium imidization or thermal hardening after being attached to the susceptor, It refers to the 90° peeling peeling force of the temporary fixing sheet or the adhesive layer in the state after being attached to the susceptor (for example, after ytidine or after heat curing). Further, in the fourth invention, the workpiece includes a wafer in which no circuit is formed, a wafer in which a circuit is formed, a wafer in which a circuit is not formed, and a semiconductor wafer (a single chip in which a circuit is formed) Wafer) Among them, the workpiece of the fourth invention is preferably a singulated wafer or a semiconductor wafer in which no circuit is formed. Furthermore, monolithic wafers and semiconductor wafers that are not formed with circuitry are also referred to as wafer-like workpieces.

上述構成中,上述分離之步驟較佳為藉由上述安裝後以上述接著劑層自上述暫時固定用片材分離之方式切出切口而將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。其原因在於,由於只要於上述暫時固定用片材上切出切口即可,故而可將附有配線之工件簡便地自基座分離。 In the above configuration, the step of separating is preferably a step of separating the workpiece having the wiring from the susceptor by cutting the slit from the temporary fixing sheet after the attachment. This is because the slit can be cut out from the temporary fixing sheet, so that the workpiece with the wiring can be easily separated from the susceptor.

上述構成中,上述分離之步驟較佳為藉由上述安裝後於上述配線上未切出切口之態樣下切出上述切口而將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。若於上述配線上未切出切口之態樣下切出上述切口,則可以俯視時與基座之面積大致相同的面積獲得裝置(附有配線之工件)。 In the above configuration, the step of separating is preferably a step of separating the workpiece having the wiring from the susceptor by cutting the slit in a state in which the slit is not cut out on the wiring after the mounting. When the slit is cut out without cutting a slit in the wiring, the device (a workpiece with wiring) can be obtained in an area substantially the same as the area of the pedestal in plan view.

又,第5本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法之特徵在於:其係具有 於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且包括:準備接著片,該接著片具有第1接著劑層、及以具有多個貫通孔之構造體及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架之第2層,且貼附於基座上之後的上述第2層之接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之接著力;將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;及上述安裝後將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 Further, a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a fifth aspect of the present invention is characterized in that A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, and comprising: preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a structure having a plurality of through holes and/or a non-woven structure; The second layer of the skeleton, and the adhesion force of the second layer after being attached to the susceptor is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer; the step of bonding the adhesive sheet to the susceptor; a step of forming a wiring on the bonding sheet after the pedestal; a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; and a step of separating the workpiece with the wiring from the susceptor after the mounting.

根據上述構成,將接著片貼合於基座上,於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線。其後,於上述配線上安裝工件,上述安裝後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離。上述接著片為片狀,故而可於僅貼合於基座上之情況下簡便地使用。又,由於使用片狀接著片,故而如旋轉塗佈般浪費材料之情況較少。又,接著片係另行準備,故而可準備片材面均勻者。如此,根據上述構成,於形成於基座上之配線上安裝工件後,將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離而製造半導體裝置時,使用片狀接著片,故而可於不浪費材料之情況下簡便地製造該半導體裝置。 According to the above configuration, the adhesive sheet is bonded to the susceptor, and the wiring is formed on the adhesive sheet after being bonded to the susceptor. Thereafter, the workpiece is mounted on the wiring, and after the mounting, the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor. Since the above-mentioned succeeding sheet is in the form of a sheet, it can be easily used when it is bonded only to the susceptor. Further, since the sheet-shaped succeeding film is used, there are few cases where the material is wasted as a spin coating. Further, since the sheet is separately prepared, it is possible to prepare a sheet having a uniform surface. According to the above configuration, after the workpiece is mounted on the wiring formed on the susceptor, and the workpiece with the wiring is separated from the susceptor to manufacture the semiconductor device, the sheet-like slab is used, so that the material can be dispensed with The semiconductor device is simply fabricated.

又,根據上述構成,第2層係以具有多個貫通孔之構造體及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架之層,例如可藉由金網等篩網、不織布等而形成。因此,於製造接著片時,只要準備第1接著劑層之接著劑組合物作為接著材料即可,無需如專利文獻1般準備填充層及邊緣接合之2種接著劑。 Further, according to the above configuration, the second layer is a layer having a structure having a plurality of through holes and/or a non-woven structure as a skeleton, and can be formed, for example, by a mesh such as a gold mesh or a non-woven fabric. Therefore, when the adhesive sheet is prepared, the adhesive composition of the first adhesive layer is prepared as the adhesive material, and it is not necessary to prepare two kinds of adhesives for the filling layer and the edge bonding as in Patent Document 1.

又,根據上述構成,使用具有第1接著劑層及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層之接著片。由於存在第1接著劑層,故而於形成配線之步驟或安裝工件之步驟等中,可預先將配線等固定於基座上。又,不僅具有第1接著劑層,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2 層,故而於分離之步驟中,可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。再者,於分離之步驟中,亦可於降低第1接著劑層之接著力後進行分離。作為降低第1接著劑層之接著力之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層而降低接著力之方法;利用切割機或雷射等於第1接著劑層物理性地切出切口而降低接著力之方法;預先使用接著力會隨著加熱而降低之材料形成第1接著劑層,利用加熱降低接著力之方法等。再者,第5本發明中,所謂貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層之接著力及第2層之接著力,係指溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。例如,於藉由貼附於基座上之後進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而使第1接著劑層或第2層之接著力於貼附於基座上之前後發生變化之情形時,係指貼附於基座上之後的狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之第1接著劑層或第2層對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力。又,第5本發明中,所謂工件,包括未形成有電路之晶圓、形成有電路之晶圓、未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓及半導體晶片(形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓)。其中,第5本發明之工件較佳為未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓、或半導體晶片。再者,未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓及半導體晶片亦稱為晶片狀工件。 Further, according to the above configuration, a back sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer is used. Since the first adhesive layer is present, wiring or the like can be fixed to the susceptor in advance in the step of forming the wiring or the step of mounting the workpiece. Moreover, it has not only the first adhesive layer but also the second adhesive layer lower than the first adhesive layer. Since the layer is separated, the susceptor and the workpiece with the wiring can be easily separated up and down by an external force. Further, in the step of separating, the separation may be performed after lowering the adhesion of the first adhesive layer. As a method of lowering the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer, a method of reducing the adhesion force by dissolving the first adhesive layer in a solvent is used, and the slit is physically cut by a cutter or a laser equal to the first adhesive layer. A method of lowering the adhesion force; a method of forming a first adhesive layer by using a material whose heating force is lowered by heating, and a method of reducing the adhesion force by heating, or the like. Further, in the fifth invention, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer and the adhesion force of the second layer after being attached to the susceptor means that the temperature is 23 ± 2 ° C and the peeling speed is 300 mm / min. The peeling force is 90° for the wafer. For example, when the adhesion of the first adhesive layer or the second layer is changed after being attached to the susceptor by yttrium imidization or thermal hardening after being attached to the susceptor, It refers to the first adhesive layer or the second layer of the first adhesive layer or the second layer after being attached to the susceptor on the susceptor (for yttrium imidation or thermal curing). Further, in the fifth invention, the workpiece includes a wafer in which no circuit is formed, a wafer on which a circuit is formed, a wafer in which a circuit is not formed, and a semiconductor wafer (a single chip in which a circuit is formed) Wafer) Among them, the workpiece of the fifth invention is preferably a singulated wafer or a semiconductor wafer in which no circuit is formed. Furthermore, monolithic wafers and semiconductor wafers that are not formed with circuitry are also referred to as wafer-like workpieces.

上述構成中,較佳為藉由接著劑組合物而填充上述貫通孔及上述不織布狀構造體之多個孔。於該情形時,可根據具有貫通孔之構造體之開口率或不織布狀構造體之密度等而控制接著劑組合物與配線或基座接觸之面積,可容易地形成低接著力之第2層。 In the above configuration, it is preferable that a plurality of holes of the through hole and the nonwoven fabric structure are filled by the adhesive composition. In this case, the area of contact of the adhesive composition with the wiring or the susceptor can be controlled according to the aperture ratio of the structure having the through hole or the density of the non-woven structure, and the second layer of the low adhesion force can be easily formed. .

上述構成中,上述接著片較佳為至少周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成。由於上述接著片之周邊部由第1接著劑層形成,故而可對該部分進行良好地固定。 In the above configuration, it is preferable that at least the peripheral portion is formed of the first adhesive layer. Since the peripheral portion of the above-mentioned adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer, the portion can be favorably fixed.

上述構成中,上述接著片較佳為較上述周邊部更內側之中央部 由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成。根據上述構成,可於僅包含第1接著劑層之面牢固地固定配線或基座。可於具有第1接著劑層及第2層之面良好地固定配線或基座。又,上述接著片由於在周邊部形成有第1接著劑層,故而容易切割第1接著劑層、或降低第1接著劑層之接著力,可容易地進行分離。 In the above configuration, the end piece is preferably a central portion that is further inside than the peripheral portion. It is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer. According to the above configuration, the wiring or the susceptor can be firmly fixed to the surface including only the first adhesive layer. The wiring or the pedestal can be favorably fixed on the surface having the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Further, since the first adhesive layer is formed on the peripheral portion in the peripheral portion, the first adhesive layer can be easily cut or the adhesion of the first adhesive layer can be lowered, and the separation can be easily performed.

上述構成中,上述接著片亦較佳為較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第2層形成。根據上述構成,可於具有第1接著劑層及第2層之面良好地固定配線或基座。又,上述接著片由於在周邊部形成有第1接著劑層,故而容易切割第1接著劑層、或降低第1接著劑層之接著力,可容易地進行分離。 In the above configuration, it is preferable that the end piece is formed so that the center portion of the inner side is formed by the second layer. According to the above configuration, the wiring or the pedestal can be satisfactorily fixed on the surface having the first adhesive layer and the second layer. Further, since the first adhesive layer is formed on the peripheral portion in the peripheral portion, the first adhesive layer can be easily cut or the adhesion of the first adhesive layer can be lowered, and the separation can be easily performed.

又,為了解決上述問題,第5本發明之接著片之特徵在於,用於上述中所記載之半導體裝置之製造方法。 Moreover, in order to solve the above problems, the adhesive sheet according to the fifth aspect of the invention is characterized in that it is used in the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device described above.

根據本發明,可於形成於基座上之配線上安裝工件後,將附有配線之工件自基座分離而製造半導體裝置時,簡便地製造該半導體裝置。 According to the present invention, the semiconductor device can be easily manufactured by mounting the workpiece on the wiring formed on the susceptor and then separating the workpiece with the wiring from the susceptor to manufacture the semiconductor device.

1‧‧‧基座 1‧‧‧Base

2‧‧‧配線層 2‧‧‧Wiring layer

3‧‧‧半導體晶片 3‧‧‧Semiconductor wafer

5‧‧‧接著片 5‧‧‧Next film

6‧‧‧接著片 6‧‧‧Next film

7‧‧‧接著片 7‧‧‧Next film

11‧‧‧傾斜部分 11‧‧‧ sloping part

14‧‧‧切口 14‧‧‧Incision

20a‧‧‧基礎絕緣層 20a‧‧‧Basic insulation

20b‧‧‧接著劑層 20b‧‧‧ adhesive layer

21‧‧‧連接用導體部 21‧‧‧Connecting conductor

22‧‧‧外部連接用導體部 22‧‧‧External conductors

23‧‧‧導體層 23‧‧‧Conductor layer

23a‧‧‧種膜(金屬薄膜) 23a‧‧‧film (metal film)

24‧‧‧導通路 24‧‧‧Guide

25‧‧‧導通路 25‧‧‧Guide

26‧‧‧配線 26‧‧‧Wiring

31‧‧‧電極 31‧‧‧ electrodes

32‧‧‧樹脂 32‧‧‧Resin

50‧‧‧第1接著劑層 50‧‧‧1st adhesive layer

51‧‧‧第2層 51‧‧‧2nd floor

53‧‧‧中央部 53‧‧‧Central Department

54‧‧‧周邊部 54‧‧‧ peripherals

55‧‧‧切口 55‧‧‧Incision

56‧‧‧貫通孔 56‧‧‧through holes

57‧‧‧構造體 57‧‧‧ Construct

60‧‧‧第1接著劑層 60‧‧‧1st adhesive layer

61‧‧‧第2層 61‧‧‧2nd floor

63‧‧‧中央部 63‧‧‧Central Department

64‧‧‧周邊部 64‧‧‧The surrounding department

65‧‧‧切口 65‧‧‧ incision

66‧‧‧貫通孔 66‧‧‧through holes

70‧‧‧第1接著劑層 70‧‧‧1st adhesive layer

71‧‧‧第2層 71‧‧‧2nd floor

73‧‧‧中央部 73‧‧‧Central Department

74‧‧‧周邊部 74‧‧‧ peripherals

75‧‧‧切口 75‧‧‧Incision

105‧‧‧接著片 105‧‧‧Next film

105a‧‧‧凹部 105a‧‧‧ recess

150‧‧‧第1接著劑層 150‧‧‧1st adhesive layer

151‧‧‧第2層 151‧‧‧2nd floor

165‧‧‧切口 165‧‧‧ incision

205‧‧‧接著片 205‧‧‧Next film

250‧‧‧第1接著劑層 250‧‧‧1st adhesive layer

251‧‧‧第2層 251‧‧‧2nd floor

211‧‧‧金屬膜 211‧‧‧Metal film

h1‧‧‧開口 H1‧‧‧ openings

r1‧‧‧阻敷劑 R1‧‧‧resisting agent

r2‧‧‧阻敷劑 R2‧‧‧resisting agent

D1‧‧‧基座1之端部與暫時固定用片材5之端部於橫向方向(暫時固定用片材之面的水平方向)之距離 D1‧‧‧ The distance between the end of the susceptor 1 and the end of the temporary fixing sheet 5 in the lateral direction (horizontal direction of the surface of the temporary fixing sheet)

D2‧‧‧基座1之圓形半徑 D2‧‧‧The radius of the base 1

圖1係表示第1本發明之一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a sheet of an embodiment of the first invention.

圖2係表示第1本發明之另一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a sheet of another embodiment of the first invention.

圖3係表示第1本發明之另一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a film of another embodiment of the first invention.

圖4係用以對第1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 4 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining an outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖5係用以對第1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 5 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖6係用以對第1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 6 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖7係用以對第1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 7 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖8係用以對第1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 FIG. 8 is a cross-sectional schematic view for explaining an outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖9係用以對第1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 FIG. 9 is a cross-sectional schematic view for explaining an outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖10係用以對圖9所示之半導體裝置之製造方法的一例進行詳細說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 10 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a method of manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in Fig. 9.

圖11係用以對圖9所示之半導體裝置之製造方法的一例進行詳細說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 11 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a method of manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in Fig. 9.

圖12係用以對圖9所示之半導體裝置之製造方法的一例進行詳細說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 12 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a method of manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in Fig. 9.

圖13係用以對圖9所示之半導體裝置之製造方法的一例進行詳細說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 13 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a method of manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in Fig. 9.

圖14係用以對圖9所示之半導體裝置之製造方法的一例進行詳細說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 14 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a method of manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in Fig. 9.

圖15係用以對圖9所示之半導體裝置之製造方法的一例進行詳細說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 15 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a method of manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in Fig. 9.

圖16係用以對圖9所示之半導體裝置之製造方法的一例進行詳細說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 16 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a method of manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in Fig. 9.

圖17係用以對圖9所示之半導體裝置之製造方法的一例進行詳細說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 17 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a method of manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in Fig. 9.

圖18係表示第2-1本發明之一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 18 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of the embodiment of the 2-1th invention.

圖19係用以對第2-1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 19 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖20係用以對第2-1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方 法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Figure 20 is a diagram showing the manufacture of a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the 2-1 invention. A schematic sectional view of the method will be described.

圖21係用以對第2-1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 21 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖22係用以對第2-1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 22 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖23係用以對第2-1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 23 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖24係用以對第2-1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 24 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖25係用以對第2-1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 25 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖26係表示第2-2本發明之一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 26 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of the second embodiment of the present invention.

圖27係用以對第2-2本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 27 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

圖28係表示第2-3本發明之一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Figure 28 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of an embodiment of the 2-3th invention.

圖29係用以對第2-3本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 29 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖30係表示第3本發明之一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Figure 30 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of an embodiment of the third invention.

圖31係表示第3本發明之另一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Figure 31 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of another embodiment of the third invention.

圖32係用以對第3本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 32 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the third invention.

圖33係用以對第3本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 33 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the third invention.

圖34係用以對第3本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 34 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the third invention.

圖35係用以對第3本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法 的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 35 is a view showing a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the third invention; A schematic cross-sectional view of the description.

圖36係用以對第3本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 36 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the third invention.

圖37係用以對第3本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 37 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining an outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖38係表示於另一實施形態之接著片上形成有配線層且安裝有半導體晶片之情況之剖面模式圖。 38 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a wiring layer is formed on a bonding sheet of another embodiment and a semiconductor wafer is mounted.

圖39係表示於另一實施形態之接著片上形成有配線層且安裝有半導體晶片之情況之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 39 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a wiring layer is formed on a bonding sheet of another embodiment and a semiconductor wafer is mounted.

圖40之(a)及(b)係用以對第4本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 40 (a) and (b) are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖41係用以對第4本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 41 is a schematic cross-sectional view for explaining an outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖42係用以對第4本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 42 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖43係用以對第4本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 43 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖44係用以對第4本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 44 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖45係用以對第4本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 45 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖46係用以對第4本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 46 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

圖47係用以對另一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 47 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment.

圖48係表示第5本發明之第1實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 48 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of the first embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖49係圖48所示之接著片之俯視圖。 Figure 49 is a plan view of the adhesive sheet shown in Figure 48.

圖50係表示具有多個貫通孔之構造體之一例之俯視圖。 Fig. 50 is a plan view showing an example of a structure having a plurality of through holes.

圖51係表示第5本發明之第2實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Figure 51 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of a second embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖52係圖51所示之接著片之俯視圖。 Figure 52 is a plan view of the film shown in Figure 51.

圖53係表示第5本發明之第3實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 Figure 53 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of a third embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖54係用以對第5本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 54 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖55係用以對第5本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 55 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖56係用以對第5本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 56 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖57係用以對第5本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 57 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖58係用以對第5本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 58 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the fifth invention.

圖59係用以對第5本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Fig. 59 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the fifth invention.

<第1本發明> <First invention>

第1本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,其至少包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層者,且至少上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成;將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;及上述安裝後將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a first aspect of the present invention is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, comprising at least a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and attaching The adhesive force after the susceptor is lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer, and at least the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer; and the adhesive sheet is attached to the pedestal a step of forming a wiring on the bonding sheet after bonding to the susceptor; a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; and a step of separating the workpiece with the wiring from the susceptor after the mounting.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第1本發明之一實施形態之各步驟進行說明。再者,第1本發明中所使用之「上表面」、「下表面」等表示上下之語句係僅用以說明層之位置關係者,對於接著片或半導體裝置之實際上下姿勢並無限定。再者,以下之實施形態中,對第1本發明之工件為半導體晶片之情形進行說明,但並不限定於該例,可為未形成有電路之晶圓,可為形成有電路之晶圓,亦可為未形成有電路之單片化晶圓。 Hereinafter, each step of the embodiment of the first invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, the "upper surface", "lower surface" and the like used in the first invention are used to describe the positional relationship of the layers, and the actual posture of the adhesive sheet or the semiconductor device is not limited. In the following embodiments, the case where the workpiece of the first invention is a semiconductor wafer will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to this example, and may be a wafer in which no circuit is formed, and may be a wafer on which a circuit is formed. It can also be a monolithic wafer in which no circuit is formed.

[準備接著片之步驟] [Steps to prepare the next film]

首先,準備接著片,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層及接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層者,且至少上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成。 First, a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer is prepared, and at least a peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer.

此處,對本實施形態之接著片進行說明。圖1係表示第1本發明之一實施形態之接著片的剖面模式圖。如圖1所示,接著片5係周邊部54由第1接著劑層50形成,且較周邊部54更內側之中央部53由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層形成。即,接著片5具有第2層51、及以覆蓋第2層51之上表面及側面之態樣積層於第2層51上的第1接著劑層50。第2層51之接著力低於第1接著劑層50之接著力。再者,接著片5於貼合於基座上之步驟中係以第2層51露出之側之面作為貼合面而貼合於基座上。 Here, the succeeding film of this embodiment will be described. Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a sheet of an embodiment of the first invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the succeeding sheet 5 peripheral portion 54 is formed of the first adhesive layer 50, and the central portion 53 which is further inside than the peripheral portion 54 is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. That is, the succeeding sheet 5 has the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 laminated on the second layer 51 in a state of covering the upper surface and the side surface of the second layer 51. The adhesion of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50. Further, in the step of bonding the bonding sheet 5 to the susceptor, the surface on the side where the second layer 51 is exposed is bonded to the susceptor as a bonding surface.

接著片5係由於接著力高於第2層51之第1接著劑層50存在於周邊部,故而可將該部分牢固地貼合於基座及配線上。又,不僅具有第1接著劑層50,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,若降低第1接著劑層50之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之半導體晶片較容易地上下分離。 Then, since the sheet 5 is present in the peripheral portion of the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesion force than the second layer 51, the portion can be firmly bonded to the susceptor and the wiring. Moreover, not only the first adhesive layer 50 but also the second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer can be used. Therefore, when the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 is lowered in the step of separation described later, The susceptor and the semiconductor wafer with wiring are easily separated up and down by an external force.

又,接著片5可利用僅第1接著劑層50露出之面更牢固地固定形成於接著片50上之配線。又,中央部53係藉由第1接著劑層50與第2層 51之積層而形成。因此,藉由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層而形成之中央部53與僅由第1接著劑層50所形成之周邊部54相比,接著力相對較低。因此,若至少降低周邊部54之接著力,則可藉由外力將基座與附有配線之半導體晶片較容易地上下分離。又,第2層51亦與基座接觸,故而分離之步驟後,容易將該接著片5自基座剝離。因此,容易回收基座。又,使第1接著劑層50形成於接著片5之周邊部54,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層50、或利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口,容易降低第1接著劑層50之接著力。 Moreover, the succeeding sheet 5 can securely fix the wiring formed on the adhesive sheet 50 by the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed. Further, the central portion 53 is composed of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer Formed by 51 layers. Therefore, the central portion 53 formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 has a lower adhesive force than the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Therefore, if at least the adhesion of the peripheral portion 54 is lowered, the susceptor and the semiconductor wafer with the wiring attached can be easily separated up and down by an external force. Further, since the second layer 51 is also in contact with the susceptor, the step 5 is easily peeled off from the susceptor after the step of separating. Therefore, the susceptor is easily recovered. Further, since the first adhesive layer 50 is formed on the peripheral portion 54 of the adhesive sheet 5, the first adhesive layer 50 is dissolved in a solvent or physically cut by a cutter or a laser in a step of separation described later. The slit is formed, and the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 is easily lowered.

本實施形態中,貼附於基座上之後的第2層51之接著力只要低於貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層50之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以下,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。又,第2層51之接著力之下限值並無特別限定,例如為0N/20mm以上,亦可為0.001N/20mm以上。若第2層51之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以下,則可將第2層51自基座容易地剝離。另一方面,第2層51之上述接著力越低,越容易進行自基座之剝離。 In the present embodiment, the adhesion force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23± The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under conditions of 2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less. Further, the lower limit of the adhesion force of the second layer 51 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more, and may be 0.001 N/20 mm or more. When the adhesion force of the second layer 51 is 0.30 N/20 mm or less, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled off from the susceptor. On the other hand, the lower the above-described adhesion force of the second layer 51, the easier it is to peel off from the susceptor.

又,貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層50之接著力只要高於貼附於基座上之後的第2層51之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。又,第1接著劑層50之接著力之上限值並無特別限定,越大越好,例如可列舉30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等。若第1接著劑層50之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將基座與接著片5更牢固地固定。 Moreover, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesion force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of the peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40 N/20 mm or more. In addition, the upper limit of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, 20 N/20 mm or less. When the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the susceptor and the adhesive sheet 5 can be more firmly fixed.

接著片5之厚度較佳為0.1~100μm,更佳為0.5~25μm。若接著片5之厚度為0.1μm以上,則可容易地形成多層構造。另一方面,若接著片5之厚度為100μm以下,則可抑制或防止接著片5之厚度不均或 加熱時之收縮‧膨脹,於形成配線之步驟中較為有利。 The thickness of the sheet 5 is preferably from 0.1 to 100 μm, more preferably from 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 0.1 μm or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, if the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 100 μm or less, thickness unevenness of the adhesive sheet 5 can be suppressed or prevented or Shrinkage and expansion during heating are advantageous in the step of forming wiring.

第1接著劑層50之中央部53之厚度較佳為0.01~99μm,更佳為0.05~10μm。 The thickness of the central portion 53 of the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably from 0.01 to 99 μm, more preferably from 0.05 to 10 μm.

第2層51之厚度(中央部53之厚度)較佳為0.09~99.9μm,更佳為0.05~15μm。 The thickness of the second layer 51 (thickness of the central portion 53) is preferably from 0.09 to 99.9 μm, more preferably from 0.05 to 15 μm.

第1接著劑層係彈性模數通常低於第2層,故而於形成該層時容易於表面產生起伏。就上述觀點而言,較佳為使第1接著劑層較薄並使第2層較厚。另一方面,第1接著劑層係玻璃轉移溫度通常高於第2層,故而於形成該層時收縮較大。就上述觀點而言,較佳為使第1接著劑層較厚並使第2層較薄。因此,第1本發明中,考慮層形成時之表面起伏及層形成時之收縮量之兩者,第1接著劑層之厚度及第2層之厚度較佳為於上述數值範圍內選擇。 The first adhesive layer has a lower modulus of elasticity than the second layer, so that it is easy to cause undulations on the surface when the layer is formed. From the above viewpoints, it is preferred that the first adhesive layer be thin and the second layer be thick. On the other hand, the first adhesive layer has a glass transition temperature higher than that of the second layer, so that the shrinkage is large when the layer is formed. From the above viewpoints, it is preferred that the first adhesive layer be thick and the second layer be thin. Therefore, in the first aspect of the invention, in consideration of both the surface undulation at the time of layer formation and the amount of shrinkage at the time of layer formation, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the thickness of the second layer are preferably selected within the above numerical range.

第1本發明之接著片並不限定於如圖1所示之接著片5,亦可為如圖2、圖3所示之接著片。圖2係表示第1本發明之另一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。如圖2所示,接著片6係周邊部64由第1接著劑層60形成,且較周邊部64更內側之中央部63由第2層61形成。第2層61之接著力低於第1接著劑層60之接著力。 The adhesive sheet of the first aspect of the invention is not limited to the adhesive sheet 5 shown in Fig. 1, and may be a continuous sheet as shown in Figs. 2 and 3. Fig. 2 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a sheet of another embodiment of the first invention. As shown in FIG. 2, the succeeding sheet 6 is formed by the first adhesive layer 60, and the central portion 63 which is further inside than the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the second layer 61. The adhesion of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60.

接著片6係中央部63由第2層61形成,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,若降低存在於周邊部64之第1接著劑層60之接著力,則可藉由外力將基座與附有配線之半導體晶片較容易地上下分離。 Then, the central portion 63 of the sheet 6 is formed of the second layer 61. Therefore, in the step of separating as will be described later, if the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 existing in the peripheral portion 64 is lowered, the susceptor can be externally biased. The semiconductor wafer with wiring is easily separated up and down.

又,中央部63由第2層61形成,第2層61亦與基座接觸,故而分離之步驟後,容易將該接著片6自基座剝離。因此,容易回收基座。又,使第1接著劑層60形成於接著片6之周邊部64,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層60、或利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口,容易降低第1接著劑層60之接著力。 Further, the central portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, and the second layer 61 is also in contact with the susceptor. Therefore, after the step of separating, the splicing sheet 6 is easily peeled off from the susceptor. Therefore, the susceptor is easily recovered. Further, since the first adhesive layer 60 is formed on the peripheral portion 64 of the adhesive sheet 6, the first adhesive layer 60 is dissolved in a solvent or physically cut by a cutter or a laser in a step of separation described later. By cutting out the slit, it is easy to lower the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60.

貼附於基座上之後的第2層61之接著力只要低於貼附於基座上之 後的第1接著劑層60之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以下,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。又,第2層61之接著力之下限值並無特別限定,例如為0N/20mm以上,亦可為0.001N/20mm以上。若第2層61之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以下,則可將第2層61自基座容易地剝離。另一方面,第2層61之上述接著力越低,越容易進行自基座之剝離。 The adhesion force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the pedestal is as low as that attached to the pedestal The adhesion force of the first first adhesive layer 60 is not particularly limited, and the 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. Hereinafter, it is more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less. Further, the lower limit of the adhesion force of the second layer 61 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more, and may be 0.001 N/20 mm or more. When the adhesion force of the second layer 61 is 0.30 N/20 mm or less, the second layer 61 can be easily peeled off from the susceptor. On the other hand, the lower the above-mentioned adhesion force of the second layer 61, the easier it is to peel off from the susceptor.

又,貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層60之接著力只要高於貼附於基座上之後的第2層61之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。又,第1接著劑層60之接著力之上限值並無特別限定,越大越好,例如可列舉30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等。若第1接著劑層60之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將基座與接著片6更牢固地固定。 Moreover, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesion force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of the peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40 N/20 mm or more. In addition, the upper limit of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, 20 N/20 mm or less. When the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the susceptor and the adhesive sheet 6 can be more firmly fixed.

接著片6之厚度較佳為0.1~100μm,更佳為0.5~25μm。若接著片6之厚度為0.1μm以上,則可容易地形成該接著片6。另一方面,若接著片6之厚度為100μm以下,則可抑制或防止接著片6之厚度不均或加熱時之收縮‧膨脹,於形成配線之步驟中較為有利。 The thickness of the sheet 6 is preferably from 0.1 to 100 μm, more preferably from 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 0.1 μm or more, the adhesive sheet 6 can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 100 μm or less, it is possible to suppress or prevent uneven thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 or shrinkage during heating, and it is advantageous in the step of forming wiring.

圖3係表示第1本發明之另一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。如圖3所示,接著片7係周邊部74由第1接著劑層70形成,且較周邊部74更內側之中央部73由第1接著劑層70與第2層71之積層形成。即,接著片7具有第2層71、及以覆蓋第2層71之上表面(圖3中為下表面)及側面之態樣積層於第2層71上之第1接著劑層70。第2層71之接著力低於第1接著劑層70之接著力。再者,接著片7係於貼合於基座上之步驟中以第2層71露出之側的面作為貼合面而貼合於基座上。 Fig. 3 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a film of another embodiment of the first invention. As shown in FIG. 3, the succeeding sheet 7 is formed by the first adhesive layer 70, and the central portion 73 which is further inside than the peripheral portion 74 is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71. In other words, the succeeding sheet 7 has the second layer 71 and the first adhesive layer 70 which is laminated on the second layer 71 so as to cover the upper surface (the lower surface in FIG. 3) and the side surface of the second layer 71. The adhesion of the second layer 71 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70. Further, the step 7 is attached to the susceptor by the surface on the side where the second layer 71 is exposed in the step of being bonded to the susceptor.

接著片7可利用僅第1接著劑層70露出之面更牢固地固定於基座 上。又,中央部73由第1接著劑層70與第2層71之積層形成。因此,由第1接著劑層70與第2層71之積層而形成之中央部73與僅由第1接著劑層70所形成之周邊部74相比,接著力相對較低。因此,若至少降低周邊部74之接著力,則可藉由外力將基座與附有配線之半導體晶片較容易地上下分離。又,使第1接著劑層70形成於接著片7之周邊部74,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層70、或利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口,容易降低第1接著劑層70之接著力。 The sheet 7 can be more firmly fixed to the pedestal by using only the exposed surface of the first adhesive layer 70. on. Further, the central portion 73 is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71. Therefore, the central portion 73 formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 has a lower adhesive force than the peripheral portion 74 formed only by the first adhesive layer 70. Therefore, if at least the adhesion of the peripheral portion 74 is lowered, the susceptor and the wiring-attached semiconductor wafer can be easily separated up and down by an external force. Further, since the first adhesive layer 70 is formed on the peripheral portion 74 of the adhesive sheet 7, the first adhesive layer 70 is dissolved in a solvent or physically cut by a cutter or a laser in a step of separation described later. The slit is formed, and the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70 is easily lowered.

貼附於基座上之後的第2層71之接著力只要低於貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層70之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以下,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。又,第2層71之接著力之下限值並無特別限定,例如為0N/20mm以上,亦可為0.001N/20mm以上。若第2層71之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以下,則於分離之步驟中,可將附有配線之半導體晶片自第2層容易地剝離。 The adhesion force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. and the peeling speed is high. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under conditions of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less. Further, the lower limit of the adhesion force of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more, and may be 0.001 N/20 mm or more. When the adhesion force of the second layer 71 is 0.30 N/20 mm or less, the semiconductor wafer with the wiring can be easily peeled off from the second layer in the separation step.

又,貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層70之接著力只要高於貼附於基座上之後的第2層71之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。又,第1接著劑層70之接著力之上限值並無特別限定,越大越好,例如可列舉30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等。若第1接著劑層70之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將基座與接著片7更牢固地固定。 Moreover, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesion force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of the peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40 N/20 mm or more. In addition, the upper limit of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 70 is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, 20 N/20 mm or less. When the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 70 is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the susceptor and the adhesive sheet 7 can be more firmly fixed.

接著片7之厚度較佳為0.1~100μm,更佳為0.5~25μm。若接著片7之厚度為0.1μm以上,則可容易地形成多層構造。另一方面,若接著片7之厚度為100μm以下,則可抑制或防止接著片7之厚度不均或加熱時之收縮‧膨脹,於形成配線之步驟中較為有利。 The thickness of the sheet 7 is preferably from 0.1 to 100 μm, more preferably from 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the succeeding sheet 7 is 0.1 μm or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is 100 μm or less, it is possible to suppress or prevent uneven thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 or shrinkage during heating, and it is advantageous in the step of forming wiring.

第1接著劑層70之中央部73之厚度較佳為0.01~99μm,更佳為0.05~10μm。 The thickness of the central portion 73 of the first adhesive layer 70 is preferably from 0.01 to 99 μm, more preferably from 0.05 to 10 μm.

第2層71之厚度(中央部73之厚度)較佳為0.09~99.9μm,更佳為0.05~15μm。 The thickness of the second layer 71 (thickness of the central portion 73) is preferably from 0.09 to 99.9 μm, more preferably from 0.05 to 15 μm.

[貼合於基座上之步驟] [Steps to fit on the base]

以下之說明中,對使用圖1所示之接著片5之情形進行說明。圖4~圖8係用以對第1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。於準備接著片5之步驟後,以接著片5之下表面作為貼合面而將準備之接著片5貼合於基座1上(參照圖4)。貼合方法並無特別限定,較佳為利用壓接之方法。壓接通常係一面利用壓接輥等擠壓機構進行擠壓一面進行。作為壓接條件,較佳為20℃~150℃、0.01MPa~10MPa、1mm/sec~100mm/sec。如上所述,接著片5係接著力高於第2層51之第1接著劑層50於下表面露出,故而可牢固地貼合於基座1上。 In the following description, the case where the back sheet 5 shown in Fig. 1 is used will be described. 4 to 8 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. After the step of preparing the succeeding sheet 5, the prepared back sheet 5 is bonded to the susceptor 1 with the lower surface of the succeeding sheet 5 as a bonding surface (see FIG. 4). The bonding method is not particularly limited, and a method using pressure bonding is preferred. The crimping is usually performed while being pressed by a pressing mechanism such as a pressure roller. The pressure bonding conditions are preferably 20 ° C to 150 ° C, 0.01 MPa to 10 MPa, and 1 mm / sec to 100 mm / sec. As described above, the adhesive sheet 5 is formed such that the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesive force than the second layer 51 is exposed on the lower surface, so that it can be firmly bonded to the susceptor 1.

[形成配線之步驟] [Steps for forming wiring]

繼而,於接著片5上,以連接用導體部21於配線層2之上表面露出之方式形成具有可與半導體晶片3之電極31連接之連接用導體部21及配線26的配線層2(參照圖5)。配線層2係於接著片5側具有用以進行與外部之電性連接之外部連接用導體部22。再者,圖5中表示連接用導體部21於配線層2之上表面以凸狀露出之情形,但第1本發明中連接用導體部只要於配線層之上表面露出即可,連接用導體部之上表面亦可與配線層之上表面為同一平面。接著片5係僅第1接著劑層50於上表面露出,故而可將形成於接著片50上之配線層更牢固地固定。 Then, on the bonding sheet 5, the wiring layer 2 having the connection conductor portion 21 and the wiring 26 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor wafer 3 is formed so that the connection conductor portion 21 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2 (refer to Figure 5). The wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor portion 22 for electrically connecting to the outside on the side of the back sheet 5. In addition, in FIG. 5, the connection conductor portion 21 is exposed in a convex shape on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2. However, in the first aspect of the invention, the connection conductor portion may be exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer, and the connection conductor may be used. The upper surface of the portion may be the same plane as the upper surface of the wiring layer. Then, in the sheet 5, only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed on the upper surface, so that the wiring layer formed on the adhesive sheet 50 can be more firmly fixed.

[安裝半導體晶片之步驟] [Steps for installing a semiconductor wafer]

繼而,如圖6所示,將配線層2之連接用導體部21與半導體晶片3之電極31連接,而於配線層2(配線26)上安裝半導體晶片3。圖6係將 安裝後之連接用導體部21、電極31各自之突起省略而表示。再者,圖6中表示於配線層2上安裝複數個半導體晶片3之情形,但安裝於配線層上之半導體晶片之數並無特別限定,亦可為1。 Then, as shown in FIG. 6, the connection conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 is connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor wafer 3, and the semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26). Figure 6 will be The protrusions of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after the mounting are omitted. Further, although a plurality of semiconductor wafers 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2 in FIG. 6, the number of semiconductor wafers mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.

繼而,如圖7所示,視需要以覆蓋半導體晶片3之方式利用樹脂32進行樹脂密封。用於樹脂密封之樹脂32可適當使用先前公知者等,樹脂密封方法亦可採用先前公知之方法。 Then, as shown in FIG. 7, the resin sealing is performed by the resin 32 so as to cover the semiconductor wafer 3. The resin 32 for resin sealing can be suitably used by a conventionally known person or the like, and the resin sealing method can also employ a previously known method.

[自基座分離之步驟] [Steps to separate from the base]

繼而,如圖8所示,將經樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。具體而言,以接著片5之與基座1相反側之面作為界面,將基座1與接著片5一起剝離。再者,於未進行樹脂密封之情形時,將未經樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。如上所述,接著片5不僅具有第1接著劑層50,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層50之第2層51,故而若降低第1接著劑層50之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線層之半導體晶片容易地上下分離。 Then, as shown in FIG. 8, the resin-sealed semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 attached thereto is separated from the susceptor 1. Specifically, the susceptor 1 and the back sheet 5 are peeled off together with the surface of the back sheet 5 on the side opposite to the susceptor 1 as an interface. Further, when the resin is not sealed, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 not sealed by the resin is separated from the susceptor 1. As described above, the adhesive sheet 5 has not only the first adhesive layer 50 but also the second layer 51 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 50. Therefore, if the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 is lowered, the adhesive sheet can be borrowed. The susceptor and the semiconductor wafer with the wiring layer are easily separated up and down by an external force.

又,中央部53係由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層形成。因此,由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層而形成之中央部53與僅由第1接著劑層50所形成之周邊部54相比,接著力相對較低。因此,若至少降低周邊部54之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線層之半導體晶片容易地上下分離。又,使第1接著劑層50形成於接著片5之周邊部54,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層50、或利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口,容易降低第1接著劑層50之接著力。作為降低第1接著劑層50之接著力之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層50而降低接著力之方法;利用切割機或雷射等於第1接著劑層50上物理性地切出切口而降低接著力之方法;預先使用接著力會因加熱而降低之材料形成第1接著劑層50,而利用加熱降低接著力之方法等。 Further, the central portion 53 is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, the center portion 53 formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 has a lower adhesive force than the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Therefore, if at least the adhesion of the peripheral portion 54 is lowered, the susceptor and the semiconductor wafer with the wiring layer can be easily separated up and down by an external force. Further, since the first adhesive layer 50 is formed on the peripheral portion 54 of the adhesive sheet 5, the first adhesive layer 50 is dissolved in a solvent or physically cut by a cutter or a laser in a step of separation described later. The slit is formed, and the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 is easily lowered. As a method of lowering the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50, a method of reducing the adhesion force by dissolving the first adhesive layer 50 in a solvent is used, and the first adhesive layer 50 is physically used by a cutter or a laser. A method of cutting out the slit to reduce the adhesion force; a method of forming the first adhesive layer 50 by a material whose heating force is lowered by heating is used in advance, and a method of reducing the adhesion by heating is used.

其後,視需要進行剪裁,藉此獲得於配線層2上安裝有半導體晶片3之半導體裝置4(參照圖9)。再者,對於將基座1剝離後之配線層2,亦可實施賦予焊錫球之加工。 Thereafter, trimming is performed as needed, whereby the semiconductor device 4 on which the semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained (see FIG. 9). Further, the wiring layer 2 obtained by peeling off the susceptor 1 may be subjected to processing for imparting solder balls.

以上,對本實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法之概略進行了說明。以下,一面參照圖10~圖17一面對本實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法之一例進行詳細說明。圖10~圖17係用以對圖9所示之半導體裝置之製造方法的一例進行詳細說明之剖面模式圖。 The outline of the method of manufacturing the semiconductor device of the present embodiment has been described above. Hereinafter, an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device of the present embodiment will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 10 to 17 . 10 to 17 are cross-sectional schematic views for explaining an example of a method of manufacturing the semiconductor device shown in Fig. 9.

[具有接著片之基座之準備] [Preparation of the pedestal with the film]

首先,準備基座1(參照圖10)。基座1較佳為具有一定以上之強度。 First, the susceptor 1 is prepared (refer to FIG. 10). The susceptor 1 preferably has a certain strength or more.

作為基座1,並無特別限定,可列舉:矽晶圓、SiC晶圓、GaAs晶圓等化合物晶圓;玻璃晶圓、SUS、6-4合金;Ni箔、Al箔等金屬箔等。於採用俯視時為圓形之形狀之情形時,較佳為矽晶圓或玻璃晶圓。又,於俯視時為矩形之情形時,較佳為SUS板或玻璃板。 The susceptor 1 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a compound wafer such as a ruthenium wafer, a SiC wafer, and a GaAs wafer; a glass wafer, SUS, a 6-4 alloy, and a metal foil such as a Ni foil or an Al foil. In the case of a circular shape in a plan view, it is preferably a tantalum wafer or a glass wafer. Further, in the case of a rectangular shape in a plan view, a SUS plate or a glass plate is preferable.

又,作為基座1,例如可使用:低密度聚乙烯、直鏈狀聚乙烯、中密度聚乙烯、高密度聚乙烯、超低密度聚乙烯、無規共聚聚丙烯、嵌段共聚聚丙烯、均聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚甲基戊烯等聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、離子聚合物樹脂、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯(無規、交替)共聚物、乙烯-丁烯共聚物、乙烯-己烯共聚物、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯;聚碳酸酯、聚醯亞胺、聚醚醚酮、聚醯亞胺、聚醚醯亞胺、聚醯胺、全芳香族聚醯胺、聚苯硫醚、芳族聚醯胺(紙)、玻璃、玻璃布、氟樹脂、聚氯乙烯、聚偏二氯乙烯、纖維素系樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、紙等。 Further, as the susceptor 1, for example, low density polyethylene, linear polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, high density polyethylene, ultra low density polyethylene, random copolymer polypropylene, block copolymer polypropylene, or the like can be used. Polyolefins such as homopolypropylene, polybutene, polymethylpentene; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ionic polymer resin, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate (none , alternating) copolymer, ethylene-butene copolymer, ethylene-hexene copolymer, polyurethane, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate and other polyester; polycarbonate Esters, polyimine, polyetheretherketone, polyimine, polyetherimine, polyamine, wholly aromatic polyamine, polyphenylene sulfide, aromatic polyamine (paper), glass, Glass cloth, fluororesin, polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, cellulose resin, polyoxyn resin, paper, and the like.

基座1可單獨使用,亦可組合2種以上使用。基座之厚度並無特別限定,例如通常為10μm~20mm左右。 The susceptor 1 may be used alone or in combination of two or more. The thickness of the susceptor is not particularly limited, and is, for example, usually about 10 μm to 20 mm.

繼而,於基座1上貼合接著片5。接著片5係如已說明般具有第2層51、及以覆蓋第2層51之上表面及側面之態樣積層於第2層51上之第1接著劑層50。 Then, the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the susceptor 1. Next, the sheet 5 has a second layer 51 and a first adhesive layer 50 laminated on the second layer 51 in a state of covering the upper surface and the side surface of the second layer 51 as described above.

作為構成第1接著劑層50之接著劑組合物,只要以第1接著劑層50之接著力高於第2層51之接著力之方式進行選擇,則並無特別限定。作為此種構成第1接著劑層50之接著劑組合物,可列舉併用具有醯亞胺基且具有來自至少一部分具有醚結構之二胺之構成單元的聚醯亞胺樹脂、作為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂之前驅物之聚醯胺酸、聚矽氧樹脂、熱塑性樹脂及熱固性樹脂者等。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51. As the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50, a polyimine resin having a quinone imine group and having a constituent unit derived from at least a part of a diamine having an ether structure may be used as the above-mentioned polyfluorene. A polyamide resin precursor, a polyphthalic acid resin, a thermoplastic resin, a thermosetting resin, and the like.

上述聚醯亞胺樹脂通常可藉由對作為其前驅物之聚醯胺酸進行醯亞胺化(脫水縮合)而獲得。作為對聚醯胺酸進行醯亞胺化之方法,例如可採用先前公知之加熱醯亞胺化法、共沸脫水法、化學醯亞胺化法等。其中,較佳為加熱醯亞胺化法。於採用加熱醯亞胺化法之情形時,為了防止由聚醯亞胺樹脂之氧化所導致之劣化,較佳為於氮氣環境下或真空中等惰性環境下進行加熱處理。 The above polyimine resin can be usually obtained by ruthenium imidization (dehydration condensation) of polylysine as its precursor. As a method of ruthenium imidizing polylysine, for example, a conventionally known heating hydrazine imidation method, azeotropic dehydration method, chemical hydrazine imidation method, or the like can be employed. Among them, a heated hydrazine imidation method is preferred. In the case of the heat oxime imidization method, in order to prevent deterioration caused by oxidation of the polyimide resin, it is preferred to carry out heat treatment in a nitrogen atmosphere or an inert atmosphere such as vacuum.

上述聚醯胺酸可於適當選擇之溶劑中以實質上成為等莫耳比之方式添加酸酐及二胺(包括具有醚結構之二胺及不具有醚結構之二胺兩者)並進行反應而獲得。 The polylysine may be added to an appropriately selected solvent to form an acid anhydride and a diamine (including both a diamine having an ether structure and a diamine having no ether structure) in a substantially molar ratio. obtain.

上述聚醯亞胺樹脂較佳為含有來自具有醚結構之二胺之構成單元。上述具有醚結構之二胺只要為具有醚結構且具有至少2個具有胺結構之端末的化合物,則並無特別限定。上述具有醚結構之二胺中,較佳為具有二醇骨架之二胺。於上述聚醯亞胺樹脂含有來自具有醚結構之二胺之構成單元、尤其是具有來自具有二醇骨架之二胺之構成單元的情形時,若加熱第1接著劑層50,則可降低接著力。針對該現象,第1本發明者等人推測,藉由經加熱而上述醚結構自構成第1接著劑層50之樹脂脫離,接著力因該脫離而降低。 The above polyimine resin preferably contains a constituent unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure. The diamine having an ether structure is not particularly limited as long as it has a ether structure and has at least two compounds having an amine structure. Among the above diamines having an ether structure, a diamine having a diol skeleton is preferred. When the polyimine resin contains a constituent unit derived from a diamine having an ether structure, particularly a constituent unit derived from a diamine having a diol skeleton, when the first adhesive layer 50 is heated, the subsequent reduction can be continued. force. In response to this phenomenon, the inventors of the present invention presumed that the ether structure was removed from the resin constituting the first adhesive layer 50 by heating, and the force was lowered by the detachment.

再者,關於上述醚結構或上述二醇骨架自構成第1接著劑層50之樹脂脫離的情形,例如可藉由如下方式進行確認:將於300℃下加熱30分鐘前後之傅立葉轉換紅外光譜(FT-IR,fourier transform infrared spectroscopy)進行比較,2800~3000cm-1之光譜於加熱前後減少。 Further, the case where the ether structure or the diol skeleton is detached from the resin constituting the first adhesive layer 50 can be confirmed, for example, by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy before and after heating at 300 ° C for 30 minutes ( FT-IR (fourier transform infrared spectroscopy) was compared, and the spectrum of 2800~3000 cm -1 was reduced before and after heating.

作為上述具有二醇骨架之二胺,例如可列舉:具有聚丙二醇結構且於兩末端各具有1個胺基之二胺、具有聚乙二醇結構且於兩末端各具有1個胺基之二胺、具有聚醚雙醇結構且於兩末端各具有1個胺基之二胺等具有伸烷基二醇之二胺。又,亦可列舉具有複數個該等二醇結構且於兩末端各具有1個胺基之二胺。 Examples of the diamine having a diol skeleton include a diamine having a polypropylene glycol structure and having one amine group at each terminal, a polyethylene glycol structure, and one amine group at each end. A diamine having an alkylene glycol such as an amine or a diamine having a polyether diol structure and having one amine group at both ends. Further, a diamine having a plurality of such diol structures and having one amine group at each end may also be mentioned.

上述具有醚結構之二胺之分子量較佳為於100~5000之範圍內,更佳為150~4800。若上述具有醚結構之二胺之分子量於100~5000之範圍內,則容易獲得低溫下之接著力較高且於高溫下發揮剝離性之第1接著劑層50。 The molecular weight of the above diamine having an ether structure is preferably in the range of from 100 to 5,000, more preferably from 150 to 4,800. When the molecular weight of the diamine having an ether structure is in the range of 100 to 5,000, the first adhesive layer 50 having a high adhesion at a low temperature and exhibiting releasability at a high temperature is easily obtained.

於上述聚醯亞胺樹脂之形成中,除具有醚結構之二胺以外,亦可併用不具有醚結構之二胺。作為不具有醚結構之二胺,可列舉脂肪族二胺或芳香族二胺。藉由併用不具有醚結構之二胺,可控制與被接著體之密接力。具有醚結構之二胺與不具有醚結構之二胺的調配比例以莫耳比計較佳為於100:0~10:90之範圍內,更佳為100:0~20:80,進而較佳為99:1~30:70。若上述具有醚結構之二胺與上述不具有醚結構之二胺的調配比例以莫耳比計於100:0~10:90之範圍內,則高溫下之熱剝離性更優異。 In the formation of the above polyimine resin, in addition to the diamine having an ether structure, a diamine having no ether structure may be used in combination. Examples of the diamine having no ether structure include an aliphatic diamine or an aromatic diamine. By using a diamine having no ether structure in combination, the adhesion to the adherend can be controlled. The blending ratio of the diamine having an ether structure to the diamine having no ether structure is preferably in the range of from 100:0 to 10:90, more preferably from 100:0 to 20:80, more preferably in a molar ratio. It is 99:1~30:70. When the ratio of the diamine having an ether structure to the diamine having no ether structure is in a range of from 100:0 to 10:90 in terms of a molar ratio, the heat releasability at a high temperature is further excellent.

作為上述脂肪族二胺,例如可列舉:乙二胺、六亞甲基二胺、1,8-二胺基辛烷、1,10-二胺基癸烷、1,12-二胺基十二烷、4,9-二氧雜-1,12-二胺基十二烷、1,3-雙(3-胺基丙基)-1,1,3,3-四甲基二矽氧烷(α、ω-雙胺基丙基四甲基二矽氧烷)等。上述脂肪族二胺之分子量通常為50~1,000,000,較佳為100~30,000。 Examples of the above aliphatic diamine include ethylenediamine, hexamethylenediamine, 1,8-diaminooctane, 1,10-diaminodecane, and 1,12-diamine-10- Dioxane, 4,9-dioxa-1,12-diaminododecane, 1,3-bis(3-aminopropyl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyldioxine An alkane (α, ω-diaminopropyl tetramethyldioxane) or the like. The molecular weight of the above aliphatic diamine is usually from 50 to 1,000,000, preferably from 100 to 30,000.

作為芳香族二胺,例如可列舉:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,4'-二胺基二苯醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯醚、間苯二胺、對苯二胺、4,4'-二胺基二苯基丙烷、3,3'-二胺基二苯基甲烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯基硫醚、3,3'-二胺基二苯基硫醚、4,4'-二胺基二苯基碸、3,3'-二胺基二苯基碸、1,4-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(3-胺基苯氧基)苯、1,3-雙(4-胺基苯氧基)-2,2-二甲基丙烷、4,4'-二胺基二苯甲酮等。上述芳香族二胺之分子量通常為50~1000,較佳為100~500。上述脂肪族二胺之分子量及上述芳香族二胺之分子量係指利用GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography,凝膠滲透層析法)進行測定並根據聚苯乙烯換算而算出之值(重量平均分子量)。 Examples of the aromatic diamine include 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether, 3,3'-diaminodiphenyl ether, and m-phenylenediamine. , p-phenylenediamine, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylpropane, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylmethane, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 3,3' -diaminodiphenyl sulfide, 4,4'-diaminodiphenylanthracene, 3,3'-diaminodiphenylanthracene, 1,4-bis(4-aminophenoxy) Benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(3-aminophenoxy)benzene, 1,3-bis(4-aminophenoxy)-2 , 2-dimethylpropane, 4,4'-diaminobenzophenone, and the like. The molecular weight of the above aromatic diamine is usually from 50 to 1,000, preferably from 100 to 500. The molecular weight of the above-mentioned aliphatic diamine and the molecular weight of the above aromatic diamine are values (weight average molecular weight) calculated by GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) and calculated in terms of polystyrene.

作為上述酸酐,例如可列舉:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-聯苯四羧酸二酐、3,3',4,4'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、2,2',3,3'-二苯甲酮四羧酸二酐、4,4'-氧二鄰苯二甲酸二酐、2,2-雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐、2,2-雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)六氟丙烷二酐(6FDA)、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)甲烷二酐、雙(2,3-二羧基苯基)碸二酐、雙(3,4-二羧基苯基)碸二酐、均苯四甲酸二酐、乙二醇雙偏苯三甲酸二酐等。該等可單獨使用,亦可併用2種以上。 Examples of the acid anhydride include 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride, and 3,3',4. , 4'-benzophenone tetracarboxylic dianhydride, 2,2',3,3'-benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 4,4'-oxydiphthalic dianhydride, 2, 2-bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride, 2,2-bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)hexafluoropropane dianhydride (6FDA), double (2,3-di) Carboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)methane dianhydride, bis(2,3-dicarboxyphenyl)ruthenic anhydride, bis(3,4-dicarboxyphenyl)anthracene Di-anhydride, pyromellitic dianhydride, ethylene glycol trimellitic acid dianhydride, and the like. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為使上述酸酐與上述二胺反應時之溶劑,可列舉:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺、N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮、N,N-二甲基甲醯胺、環戊酮等。該等可單獨使用,亦可混合複數種而使用。又,為了調整原材料或樹脂之溶解性,亦可適當混合甲苯或二甲苯等非極性溶劑而使用。 Examples of the solvent for reacting the above acid anhydride with the above diamine include N,N-dimethylacetamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformamide, and cyclopentanone. Wait. These may be used singly or in combination of plural kinds. Further, in order to adjust the solubility of the raw material or the resin, a nonpolar solvent such as toluene or xylene may be appropriately mixed and used.

作為上述聚矽氧樹脂,例如可列舉過氧化物交聯型聚矽氧系黏著劑、加成反應型聚矽氧系黏著劑、脫氫反應型聚矽氧系黏著劑、濕氣硬化型聚矽氧系黏著劑等。上述聚矽氧樹脂可單獨使用1種,亦可併用2種以上。若使用上述聚矽氧樹脂,則耐熱性變高,高溫下之儲存模數或黏著力可成為適當之值。於上述聚矽氧樹脂中,就雜質較少 方面而言,亦較佳為加成反應型聚矽氧系黏著劑。 Examples of the polyoxyxylene resin include a peroxide cross-linking type polyoxynoxy adhesive, an addition reaction type polyoxynoxy adhesive, a dehydrogenation type polyoxynoxy adhesive, and a moisture hardening type polymerization. Oxygen-based adhesives, etc. The above polysiloxane resin may be used singly or in combination of two or more. When the above polyoxyxylene resin is used, the heat resistance is high, and the storage modulus or adhesion at a high temperature can be an appropriate value. In the above polyoxyl resin, less impurities In terms of aspect, an addition reaction type polyoxynoxy adhesive is also preferable.

於第1接著劑層50中使用上述聚矽氧樹脂之情形時,第1接著劑層50中視需要亦可含有其他添加劑。作為此種其他添加劑,例如可列舉阻燃劑、矽烷偶合劑、離子捕捉劑等。作為阻燃劑,例如可列舉三氧化二銻、五氧化二銻、溴化環氧樹脂等。作為矽烷偶合劑,例如可列舉β-(3,4-環氧環己基)乙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基三甲氧基矽烷、γ-縮水甘油氧基丙基甲基二乙氧基矽烷等。作為離子捕捉劑,例如可列舉水滑石類、氫氧化鉍等。此種其他添加劑可為僅1種,亦可為2種以上。 When the polyfluorene oxide resin is used in the first adhesive layer 50, the first adhesive layer 50 may contain other additives as needed. Examples of such other additives include a flame retardant, a decane coupling agent, and an ion scavenger. Examples of the flame retardant include antimony trioxide, antimony pentoxide, and brominated epoxy resin. Examples of the decane coupling agent include β-(3,4-epoxycyclohexyl)ethyltrimethoxydecane, γ-glycidoxypropyltrimethoxydecane, and γ-glycidoxypropylmethyl group. Diethoxydecane, etc. Examples of the ion scavenger include hydrotalcites, barium hydroxide, and the like. These other additives may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為構成第2層51之組合物,只要以第2層51之接著力低於第1接著劑層50之接著力之方式進行選擇,則並無特別限定。作為構成此種第2層51之材料,可列舉Cu、Cr、Ni、Ti等無機材料。 The composition constituting the second layer 51 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50. Examples of the material constituting the second layer 51 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti.

又,作為構成第2層51之組合物,可使用已作為構成上述第1接著劑層50之接著劑組合物而說明之上述聚醯亞胺樹脂,可使用作為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂之前驅物之聚醯胺酸,可使用上述聚矽氧樹脂,亦可使用併用上述熱塑性樹脂與上述熱固性樹脂者。 Further, as the composition constituting the second layer 51, the above-mentioned polyimine resin which has been described as an adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 can be used, and can be used as the precursor of the above polyimine resin. As the polyamic acid, the above polyoxyxylene resin may be used, and the above thermoplastic resin and the above thermosetting resin may be used in combination.

(接著片之製造) (following the manufacture of the film)

接著片5例如係以如下方式製作。首先,製作包含用以形成第2層51之組合物之溶液。繼而,將上述溶液以成為特定厚度之方式塗佈於基材上而形成塗佈膜後,使該塗佈膜於特定條件下乾燥等,而形成第2層51。作為上述基材,可使用:SUS304、6-4合金;鋁箔、銅箔、Ni箔等金屬箔;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚乙烯、聚丙烯;或利用氟系剝離劑、長鏈烷基丙烯酸酯系剝離劑等剝離劑進行過表面塗佈之塑膠膜或紙等。又,作為塗佈方法,並無特別限定,例如可列舉輥式塗佈、網版塗佈、凹版塗佈、旋轉塗佈等。 The sheet 5 is then produced, for example, in the following manner. First, a solution containing the composition for forming the second layer 51 is prepared. Then, the coating solution is applied to a substrate to have a specific thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under specific conditions to form a second layer 51. As the substrate, SUS304, 6-4 alloy, metal foil such as aluminum foil, copper foil, or Ni foil; polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene; or fluorine-based release agent can be used. A plastic film or paper which has been surface-coated with a release agent such as a long-chain alkyl acrylate release agent. Further, the coating method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, and spin coating.

繼而,自第2層51側利用沖裁加工等沖裁成特定形狀(例如圓形、 矩形等),保留沖裁而成之部分(圓形狀、矩形狀等之第2層51)而將外側剝離除去。 Then, it is punched into a specific shape (for example, a circular shape by punching or the like from the second layer 51 side. In the rectangular shape or the like, the punched portion (the second layer 51 having a circular shape or a rectangular shape) is left and the outer side is peeled off.

另一方面,製作包含用以形成第1接著劑層50之組合物之溶液。 On the other hand, a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is prepared.

繼而,於積層有沖裁成特定形狀之第2層51之上述基材上,將包含用以形成上述第1接著劑層50之組合物之溶液以成為特定厚度之方式塗佈於第2層51之側而形成塗佈膜。其後,使該塗佈膜於特定條件下乾燥等而形成第1接著劑層50。根據以上,獲得如圖1所示之接著片5。再者,如圖2所示之接著片6及如圖3所示之接著片7亦可藉由相同之方法而製作。 Then, the solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is applied to the second layer so as to have a specific thickness on the substrate on which the second layer 51 having a specific shape is laminated. A coating film was formed on the side of 51. Thereafter, the coating film is dried under specific conditions to form the first adhesive layer 50. According to the above, the succeeding sheet 5 as shown in Fig. 1 is obtained. Furthermore, the adhesive sheet 6 shown in FIG. 2 and the adhesive sheet 7 shown in FIG. 3 can also be produced by the same method.

[貼合於基座上之步驟] [Steps to fit on the base]

於準備接著片5之步驟後,以接著片5之下表面作為貼合面而將準備之接著片5貼合於基座1上(參照圖10)。 After the step of preparing the succeeding sheet 5, the prepared back sheet 5 is bonded to the susceptor 1 with the lower surface of the succeeding sheet 5 as a bonding surface (see FIG. 10).

[配線層之形成] [Formation of wiring layer]

繼而,於基座1之接著片5上形成配線層2。於具有接著片之基座上形成配線層之方法可使用半加成法或減成法等先前公知之電路基板或中介層之製造技術。於基座上形成配線層,藉此於製造步驟中,尺寸穩定性變得良好,又,較薄之配線層之操作性變得良好。以下,表示配線層之形成方法之一例。再者,圖11~圖17中,僅對與1之半導體晶片對應之部分進行了圖示,省略了其他部分,但與其他半導體晶片對應之部分亦同樣。 Then, the wiring layer 2 is formed on the adhesive sheet 5 of the susceptor 1. As a method of forming a wiring layer on a susceptor having a bonding sheet, a conventionally known manufacturing method of a circuit substrate or an interposer such as a semi-additive method or a subtractive method can be used. By forming a wiring layer on the susceptor, dimensional stability is improved in the manufacturing process, and the operability of the thin wiring layer is improved. Hereinafter, an example of a method of forming a wiring layer will be described. In addition, in FIGS. 11 to 17, only the portion corresponding to the semiconductor wafer of 1 is illustrated, and the other portions are omitted, but the portions corresponding to the other semiconductor wafers are also the same.

[基礎絕緣層之形成] [Formation of basic insulation layer]

如圖11所示,於基座1之接著片5上形成基礎絕緣層20a。作為基礎絕緣層20a之材料,並無特別限定,例如可列舉:聚醯亞胺樹脂、丙烯酸系樹脂、聚醚腈樹脂、聚醚碸樹脂、環氧樹脂、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯樹脂、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯樹脂、聚氯乙烯樹脂等公知之合成樹脂;或者該等樹脂與合成繊維布、玻璃布、玻璃不織布及TiO2、 SiO2、ZrO2或礦物、黏土等微粒子之複合樹脂等。尤其是就將基座1剝離後成為更薄、具有更大之機械強度且具有更佳之電氣特性(絕緣特性等)的軟性絕緣層方面而言,作為較佳之材料,可列舉聚醯亞胺樹脂、環氧樹脂、玻璃布複合環氧樹脂。其中,較佳為具有感光性者。基礎絕緣層20a之厚度較佳為0.1~50μm。 As shown in FIG. 11, a base insulating layer 20a is formed on the succeeding sheet 5 of the susceptor 1. The material of the base insulating layer 20a is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a polyimide resin, an acrylic resin, a polyether nitrile resin, a polyether oxime resin, an epoxy resin, and a polyethylene terephthalate resin. a known synthetic resin such as polyethylene naphthalate resin or polyvinyl chloride resin; or such a resin and synthetic bismuth cloth, glass cloth, glass non-woven fabric, and TiO 2 , SiO 2 , ZrO 2 or mineral, clay, etc. Composite resin, etc. In particular, in terms of a soft insulating layer which is made thinner, has greater mechanical strength, and has better electrical properties (insulation characteristics, etc.), a preferred material is a polyimide resin. , epoxy resin, glass cloth composite epoxy resin. Among them, those having photosensitivity are preferred. The thickness of the base insulating layer 20a is preferably 0.1 to 50 μm.

繼而,於應該形成外部連接用導體部22之位置形成開口h1(參照圖12)。作為開口h1之形成方法,可採用先前公知之方法。例如,於使用具有感光性之樹脂形成基礎絕緣層20a之情形時,隔著形成有與開口h1對應之圖案之光罩而照射光後使其顯像,藉此可形成開口h1。開口形狀並無特別限定,較佳為圓形,直徑亦可適當設定,例如可設為1.0μm~500μm。 Then, an opening h1 is formed at a position where the external connection conductor portion 22 should be formed (see FIG. 12). As a method of forming the opening h1, a previously known method can be employed. For example, when the base insulating layer 20a is formed using a photosensitive resin, the light is irradiated and formed by a photomask having a pattern corresponding to the opening h1, whereby the opening h1 can be formed. The shape of the opening is not particularly limited, but is preferably circular, and the diameter can be appropriately set, and can be, for example, 1.0 μm to 500 μm.

[接點用金屬膜之形成] [Formation of metal film for contacts]

繼而,於開口h1上形成接點用金屬膜211。藉由形成金屬膜211,可更佳地進行電性連接,可提高耐蝕性。金屬膜211之形成方法並無特別限定,較佳為鍍敷,作為該金屬膜之材料,可列舉:銅、金、銀、鉑、鉛、錫、鎳、鈷、銦、銠、鉻、鎢、釕等單獨金屬;或包含該等之2種類以上之合金等。該等中,作為較佳之材料,可列舉金、錫、鎳等,作為較佳之金屬膜之態樣,可列舉將底層設為Ni並將表層設為Au之2層結構等。 Then, a contact metal film 211 is formed on the opening h1. By forming the metal film 211, electrical connection can be more preferably performed, and corrosion resistance can be improved. The method for forming the metal film 211 is not particularly limited, and is preferably plated. Examples of the material of the metal film include copper, gold, silver, platinum, lead, tin, nickel, cobalt, indium, bismuth, chromium, and tungsten. Separate metals such as ruthenium; or alloys of two or more types including these. In the above-mentioned preferred examples of the material, gold, tin, nickel, and the like are exemplified, and as a preferred metal film, a two-layer structure in which the underlayer is Ni and the surface layer is Au is exemplified.

[種膜、下側之導通路、導體層之形成] [Formation of seed film, lower side conduction path, conductor layer]

繼而,視需要於應該形成導體層23及導通路25之部分的壁面形成用以使金屬材料良好地堆積之種膜(金屬薄膜)23a(參照圖14)。種膜23a例如可藉由濺鍍而形成。作為種膜之材料,例如可列舉:銅、金、銀、鉑、鉛、錫、鎳、鈷、銦、銠、鉻、鎢、釕等單獨金屬;或者包含該等之2種類以上之合金等。導體層23之厚度並無特別限定,只要於1~500nm之範圍內適當選擇即可。又,導通路25係圓柱狀為 較佳形狀,其直徑為1.0~500μm,較佳為3.0~300μm。其後,形成具有特定配線圖案之導體層23、導通路25。配線圖案例如可藉由電鍍而形成。其後,將無導體層23之部分之種膜去除。 Then, a seed film (metal thin film) 23a for forming a metal material to be well deposited is formed on the wall surface of the portion where the conductor layer 23 and the via path 25 are to be formed (see FIG. 14). The seed film 23a can be formed, for example, by sputtering. Examples of the material of the seed film include a single metal such as copper, gold, silver, platinum, lead, tin, nickel, cobalt, indium, antimony, chromium, tungsten, or antimony; or an alloy containing two or more of these types. . The thickness of the conductor layer 23 is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected within the range of 1 to 500 nm. Moreover, the guide passage 25 is cylindrical A preferred shape has a diameter of 1.0 to 500 μm, preferably 3.0 to 300 μm. Thereafter, the conductor layer 23 having the specific wiring pattern and the via path 25 are formed. The wiring pattern can be formed, for example, by electroplating. Thereafter, the seed film of the portion of the conductorless layer 23 is removed.

繼而,如圖15所示,利用阻敷劑r1覆蓋導體層23之上方(除了應該形成導通路之部分),且利用阻敷劑r2覆蓋基座1之整個下表面,藉由電鍍而形成導通路24。導體層23、導通路24及導通路25相當於電路26(參照圖5)。 Then, as shown in FIG. 15, the resist layer r1 is used to cover the upper portion of the conductor layer 23 (except for the portion where the via path should be formed), and the entire lower surface of the susceptor 1 is covered with the resist agent r2 to form a guide by electroplating. Pathway 24. The conductor layer 23, the via path 24, and the via path 25 correspond to the circuit 26 (see FIG. 5).

[接著劑層之形成] [Formation of adhesive layer]

繼而,去除阻敷劑r1、r2,以掩埋露出之導體層23及導通路24之方式形成以環氧及聚醯亞胺作為主成分之接著劑層20b,以導通路24之上端面作為端子部於接著層上表面露出之方式利用鹼性溶液等對該接著層進行蝕刻(參照圖16)。 Then, the resists r1 and r2 are removed, and the exposed conductor layer 23 and the vias 24 are formed to form an adhesive layer 20b containing epoxy and polyimide, and the upper end surface of the via 24 is used as a terminal. The adhesive layer is etched by an alkaline solution or the like so that the upper surface of the adhesive layer is exposed (see FIG. 16).

[金屬膜於連接用導體部之端面之形成] [Formation of the metal film on the end face of the connecting conductor portion]

繼而,如圖17所示,於導通路24之上端面,例如藉由電鍍而形成連接用導體部21。連接用導體部21例如可藉由鎳膜、金膜等而形成。 Then, as shown in FIG. 17, the connecting conductor portion 21 is formed on the upper end surface of the via path 24 by, for example, plating. The connection conductor portion 21 can be formed, for example, by a nickel film, a gold film, or the like.

[安裝步驟、剝離步驟、切晶] [Installation step, stripping step, dicing]

繼而,對上述中所獲得之配線層2(以可自基座1剝離之方式貼附者)安裝晶片(參照圖6)。其後,進行接著劑層20b之老化,進而,視需要對配線層2上之各晶片3實施樹脂密封(參照圖7)。再者,樹脂密封可使用片狀之密封用樹脂片材,亦可使用液狀之樹脂密封材料。其後,將經樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離(參照圖8)。再者,於未進行樹脂密封之情形時,將未進行樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。其後,視需要進行剪裁,藉此獲得於配線層2上安裝有半導體晶片3而成之半導體裝置4(參照圖9)。再者,於對配線層2安裝晶片(倒裝晶片連接)時,亦可於配線層2與晶片 之間使用底膠填充用樹脂。底膠填充用樹脂可為片狀者,亦可為液狀者。又,上述實施形態中,對安裝晶片後實施樹脂密封之情形進行了說明,但亦可使用於晶片上形成有先前公知之倒裝晶片型半導體背面用膜者代替樹脂密封。上述倒裝晶片型半導體背面用膜係用以形成於倒裝晶片連接於被接著體上之晶片(半導體元件)之背面的膜,詳細情況例如於日本專利特開2011-249739號公報等中進行了揭示,故而省略此處之說明。 Then, the wiring layer 2 obtained by the above (attached so as to be detachable from the susceptor 1) is mounted (see FIG. 6). Thereafter, the adhesive layer 20b is aged, and further, each wafer 3 on the wiring layer 2 is subjected to resin sealing as needed (see FIG. 7). Further, as the resin sealing, a sheet-like sealing resin sheet can be used, and a liquid resin sealing material can also be used. Thereafter, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 sealed by the resin is separated from the susceptor 1 (refer to FIG. 8). Further, when the resin is not sealed, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 not sealed with the resin is separated from the susceptor 1. Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 in which the semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by trimming as necessary (see FIG. 9). Furthermore, when the wafer (flip-chip connection) is mounted on the wiring layer 2, the wiring layer 2 and the wafer can also be used. The resin used for filling the primer is used. The resin for filling the primer may be in the form of a sheet or a liquid. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the resin is sealed after the wafer is mounted has been described. However, it is also possible to use a conventionally known film for flip chip type semiconductor back surface on the wafer instead of the resin seal. The film for flip chip type semiconductor back surface is used for a film formed on a back surface of a wafer (semiconductor element) on which a flip chip is connected to a substrate, and is described in, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2011-249739. The disclosure is omitted, and the description herein is omitted.

以上,對第1本發明之實施形態進行了說明。 The embodiment of the first invention has been described above.

<第2本發明> <2nd invention>

以下,關於第2本發明(第2-1本發明、第2-2本發明及第2-3本發明),對與第1本發明不同之方面進行說明。尤其是作為本第2本發明之項中所說明之以外之特性、效果,第2本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法及接著片可發揮與第1本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法及接著片相同之特性、效果。 Hereinafter, the second invention (the 2-1st invention, the 2nd invention, and the 2-3th invention) will be described with respect to the first invention. In particular, the semiconductor device manufacturing method and the bonding sheet according to the second aspect of the present invention can exhibit the same characteristics and effects as those described in the second aspect of the present invention. Characteristics and effects.

第2-1本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且至少包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層者,且上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部係由上述第2層形成;將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;以及上述安裝後,自上述工件側切出切口直至到達上述接著片之上述中央部為止,藉此將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a second aspect of the present invention is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, and at least includes a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and The adhesion force after being attached to the susceptor is lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer, and the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed by the first adhesive layer, and the central portion is further inside than the peripheral portion. Formed by the second layer; a step of bonding the adhesive sheet to the susceptor; a step of forming a wiring on the adhesive sheet; a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; and after the mounting, cutting the slit from the workpiece side The step of separating the workpiece with the wiring from the susceptor until reaching the central portion of the splicing sheet.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第2-1本發明之一實施形態之各步驟進行說明。再者,第2-1本發明中所使用之「上表面」、「下表面」等表示上下之語句係僅用以說明層之位置關係者,對於接著片或半導體 裝置之實際之上下姿勢並無限定。再者,以下之實施形態中,對本發明之工件為半導體晶片之情形進行說明,但並不限定於該例,亦可為未形成有電路之晶圓,亦可為形成有電路之晶圓,亦可為未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓。圖18係表示第2-1本發明之一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。圖19~圖25係用以對第2-1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Hereinafter, each step of the embodiment of the 2-1st invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, the "upper surface" and "lower surface" used in the present invention in the 2-1th invention are used to indicate the positional relationship of the layers, for the bonding sheet or the semiconductor. The actual upper and lower posture of the device is not limited. In the following embodiments, the case where the workpiece of the present invention is a semiconductor wafer will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to this example, and may be a wafer in which no circuit is formed, or a wafer in which a circuit is formed. It can also be a singulated wafer that is not formed with a circuit. Fig. 18 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of the embodiment of the 2-1th invention. 19 to 25 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

[準備接著片之步驟] [Steps to prepare the next film]

首先,準備接著片6,該接著片6係具有第1接著劑層60、及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於第1接著劑層60之第2層61者,且接著片6之周邊部64由第1接著劑層60形成,較周邊部64更內側之中央部63由第2層61形成(參照圖18)。 First, a bonding sheet 6 having the first adhesive layer 60 and the second layer 61 having a lower adhesion force after being attached to the susceptor than the first adhesive layer 60 is prepared, and then the sheet 6 is prepared. The peripheral portion 64 is formed of the first adhesive layer 60, and the central portion 63 that is further inside than the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the second layer 61 (see FIG. 18).

接著片6由於在周邊部存在接著力高於第2層61之第1接著劑層60,故而可將該部分牢固地貼合於基座及配線上。接著片6由於藉由第2層61而形成中央部63,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,若降低存在於周邊部64上之第1接著劑層60之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之半導體晶片較容易地上下分離。 In the subsequent sheet 6, since the first adhesive layer 60 having a higher adhesion force than the second layer 61 is present in the peripheral portion, the portion can be firmly bonded to the susceptor and the wiring. In the subsequent sheet 6, since the center portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, if the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 existing on the peripheral portion 64 is lowered in the step of separation described later, external force can be used. The susceptor and the semiconductor wafer with wiring are easily separated up and down.

又,藉由第2層61而形成中央部63,第2層61亦與基座接觸,故而分離之步驟後,容易將該接著片6自基座剝離。因此,容易回收基座。 Further, since the center portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, and the second layer 61 is also in contact with the susceptor, the step 6 is separated from the susceptor after the separation step. Therefore, the susceptor is easily recovered.

又,接著片6之周邊部64由第1接著劑層60形成,較周邊部64更內側之中央部63由第2層61形成,故而若於配線上安裝半導體晶片後,自上述半導體晶片側切出切口直至到達接著片6之中央部63為止,則基座與附有配線之半導體晶片僅經由第2層61而相對向。其結果,於分離之步驟中,可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之半導體晶片較容易地上下分離。 Further, the peripheral portion 64 of the succeeding sheet 6 is formed of the first adhesive layer 60, and the central portion 63 that is further inside than the peripheral portion 64 is formed by the second layer 61. Therefore, after the semiconductor wafer is mounted on the wiring, the semiconductor wafer side is mounted. When the slit is cut out until reaching the central portion 63 of the succeeding sheet 6, the susceptor and the semiconductor wafer with the wiring are opposed to each other only via the second layer 61. As a result, in the step of separating, the susceptor and the wiring-attached semiconductor wafer can be easily separated up and down by an external force.

本實施形態中,貼附於基座上之後的第2層61之接著力只要低於 貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層60之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以下,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。又,第2層61之接著力之下限值並無特別限定,例如為0N/20mm以上,亦可為0.001N/20mm以上。若第2層61之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以下,則可將第2層61自基座容易地剝離。另一方面,第2層61之上述接著力越低,則越容易進行自基座之剝離。 In the present embodiment, the adhesion force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the susceptor is lower than The adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited, and the 90° peeling peeling force for the ruthenium wafer under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. It is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less. Further, the lower limit of the adhesion force of the second layer 61 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more, and may be 0.001 N/20 mm or more. When the adhesion force of the second layer 61 is 0.30 N/20 mm or less, the second layer 61 can be easily peeled off from the susceptor. On the other hand, the lower the above-described adhesion force of the second layer 61, the easier it is to peel off from the susceptor.

又,貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層60之接著力只要高於貼附於基座上之後的第2層61之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。又,第1接著劑層60之接著力之上限值並無特別限定,越大越好,例如可列舉30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等。若第1接著劑層60之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將基座與接著片6更牢固地固定。 Moreover, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesion force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of the peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40 N/20 mm or more. In addition, the upper limit of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, 20 N/20 mm or less. When the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the susceptor and the adhesive sheet 6 can be more firmly fixed.

接著片6之厚度較佳為0.1~100μm,更佳為0.5~25μm。若接著片6之厚度為0.1μm以上,則可容易地形成該接著片6。另一方面,若接著片6之厚度為100μm以下,則可抑制或防止接著片6之厚度不均或加熱時之收縮‧膨脹,於形成配線之步驟中較為有利。 The thickness of the sheet 6 is preferably from 0.1 to 100 μm, more preferably from 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 0.1 μm or more, the adhesive sheet 6 can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 100 μm or less, it is possible to suppress or prevent uneven thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 or shrinkage during heating, and it is advantageous in the step of forming wiring.

[貼合於基座上之步驟] [Steps to fit on the base]

於準備接著片6步驟後,將準備之接著片6貼合於基座1上(參照圖19)。貼合方法並無特別限定,較佳為利用壓接之方法。壓接通常係一面利用壓接輥等擠壓機構進行擠壓一面進行。作為壓接條件,較佳為20℃~150℃、0.01MPa~10MPa、1mm/sec~100mm/sec。如上所述,接著片6由於接著力高於第2層61之第1接著劑層60於下表面露出,故而可牢固地貼合於基座1上。 After the preparation of the subsequent sheet 6 step, the prepared back sheet 6 is bonded to the susceptor 1 (see Fig. 19). The bonding method is not particularly limited, and a method using pressure bonding is preferred. The crimping is usually performed while being pressed by a pressing mechanism such as a pressure roller. The pressure bonding conditions are preferably 20 ° C to 150 ° C, 0.01 MPa to 10 MPa, and 1 mm / sec to 100 mm / sec. As described above, since the adhesive sheet 6 is exposed on the lower surface of the first adhesive layer 60 having a higher adhesive force than the second layer 61, it can be firmly bonded to the susceptor 1.

[形成配線層之步驟] [Steps of forming a wiring layer]

繼而,於接著片6上,以連接用導體部21於配線層2之上表面露出之方式形成具有可與半導體晶片3之電極31連接之連接用導體部21及配線26之配線層2(參照圖20)。配線層2係於接著片6側具有用以進行與外部之電性連接之外部連接用導體部22。再者,圖20係表示連接用導體部21以凸狀於配線層2之上表面露出之情形,但第2-1本發明中連接用導體部只要於配線層之上表面露出即可,連接用導體部之上表面亦可與配線層之上表面為同一平面。接著片6由於第1接著劑層60於上表面露出,故而牢固地固定形成於接著片6上之配線層2。 Then, on the bonding sheet 6, the wiring layer 2 having the connection conductor portion 21 and the wiring 26 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor wafer 3 is formed so that the connection conductor portion 21 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2 (refer to Figure 20). The wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor portion 22 for electrically connecting to the outside on the side of the bonding sheet 6. In addition, FIG. 20 shows a case where the connection conductor portion 21 is exposed to the upper surface of the wiring layer 2 in a convex shape. However, in the second aspect of the invention, the connection conductor portion may be exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer, and the connection may be performed. The upper surface of the conductor portion may be flush with the upper surface of the wiring layer. Then, since the sheet 6 is exposed on the upper surface of the first adhesive layer 60, the wiring layer 2 formed on the adhesive sheet 6 is firmly fixed.

[安裝半導體晶片之步驟] [Steps for installing a semiconductor wafer]

繼而,如圖21所示,將配線層2之連接用導體部21與半導體晶片3之電極31連接而於配線層2(配線26)上安裝半導體晶片3。圖21係省略安裝後之連接用導體部21、電極31各自之突起而表示。再者,圖21係表示於配線層2上安裝有複數個半導體晶片3之情形,但安裝於配線層上之半導體晶片之數並無特別限定,亦可為1。 Then, as shown in FIG. 21, the connection conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 is connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor wafer 3, and the semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26). Fig. 21 is a view showing the projections of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after the mounting is omitted. In addition, FIG. 21 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor wafers 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2. However, the number of semiconductor wafers mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited and may be one.

繼而,如圖22所示,視需要以覆蓋半導體晶片3之方式利用樹脂32進行樹脂密封。用於樹脂密封之樹脂32可適當使用先前公知者等,樹脂密封方法亦可採用先前公知之方法。 Then, as shown in FIG. 22, resin sealing is performed by the resin 32 so as to cover the semiconductor wafer 3 as needed. The resin 32 for resin sealing can be suitably used by a conventionally known person or the like, and the resin sealing method can also employ a previously known method.

[自基座分離之步驟] [Steps to separate from the base]

繼而,如圖23所示,自半導體晶片3側切出切口65直至到達接著片6之中央部63為止。此時,於樹脂32及配線層2上亦同時切出切口。藉此,基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3僅經由第2層61而相對向。其後,施加外力,藉此如圖24所示,將基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3上下分離。此時,基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3僅經由接著力相對較低之第2層61而相對向,故而可藉由外力而將基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3容易地上下分離。作為切口之形成方法,可採用先前公知之方法等,可使用切割機等刀具或由雷射等所產生之高能 量線。 Then, as shown in FIG. 23, the slit 65 is cut out from the semiconductor wafer 3 side until reaching the central portion 63 of the succeeding sheet 6. At this time, the slits are also cut out simultaneously on the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2. Thereby, the susceptor 1 and the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other only via the second layer 61. Thereafter, an external force is applied, whereby the susceptor 1 and the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 attached thereto are vertically separated as shown in FIG. At this time, since the susceptor 1 and the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other only via the second layer 61 having a relatively low adhesion force, the susceptor 1 and the semiconductor with the wiring layer 2 can be externally biased. The wafer 3 is easily separated up and down. As a method of forming the slit, a previously known method or the like can be employed, and a cutter such as a cutter or a high energy generated by a laser or the like can be used. Measuring line.

其後,視需要進行剪裁,藉此獲得於配線層2上安裝有半導體晶片3之半導體裝置4(參照圖25)。再者,對於將基座1剝離之配線層2,亦可實施賦予焊錫球之加工。 Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 having the semiconductor wafer 3 mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by trimming as necessary (see FIG. 25). Further, the wiring layer 2 from which the susceptor 1 is peeled off may be subjected to processing for imparting solder balls.

以上,對第2-1本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法之概略進行了說明。以下,對本實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法之一例進行詳細說明。 The outline of the method of manufacturing the semiconductor device according to the embodiment of the 2-1th invention has been described above. Hereinafter, an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device of the present embodiment will be described in detail.

[具有接著片之基座之準備] [Preparation of the pedestal with the film]

首先,準備基座1(參照圖19)。基座1可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 First, the susceptor 1 is prepared (refer to FIG. 19). The susceptor 1 can be used as described in the item of the first invention.

繼而,於基座1上貼合接著片6(參照圖19)。接著片6係如已說明般周邊部64由第1接著劑層60形成,較周邊部64更內側之中央部63由第2層61形成。 Then, the adhesive sheet 6 is bonded to the susceptor 1 (see FIG. 19). Next, as described above, the peripheral portion 64 is formed of the first adhesive layer 60, and the central portion 63 that is further inside than the peripheral portion 64 is formed of the second layer 61.

作為構成第1接著劑層60之接著劑組合物,只要以第1接著劑層60之接著力高於第2層61之接著力之方式選擇,則並無特別限定。作為構成上述第1接著劑層60之接著劑組合物,可列舉併用含有來自具有醯亞胺基且於至少一部分具有醚結構之二胺的構成單元之聚醯亞胺樹脂、作為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂之前驅物之聚醯胺酸、聚矽氧樹脂、熱塑性樹脂及熱固性樹脂者等。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 60 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60 is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 61. As the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 60, a polyimine resin containing a constituent unit derived from a diamine having an oxime imine group and having at least a part of an ether structure may be used in combination as the above-mentioned polyfluorene. A polyamide resin precursor, a polyphthalic acid resin, a thermoplastic resin, a thermosetting resin, and the like.

上述聚醯亞胺樹脂及上述聚矽氧樹脂可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 The above polyimine resin and the above polyoxyxylene resin can be used as described in the first aspect of the invention.

於第1接著劑層60中使用上述聚矽氧樹脂之情形時,於第1接著劑層60中,視需要亦可含有其他添加劑。作為此種其他添加劑,可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 When the polyadone resin is used in the first adhesive layer 60, other additives may be contained in the first adhesive layer 60 as needed. As such other additives, those described in the item of the first invention can be used.

作為構成第2層61之組合物,只要以第2層61之接著力低於第1接著劑層60之接著力之方式選擇,則並無特別限定。作為構成上述第2 層61之材料,可列舉Cu、Cr、Ni、Ti等無機材料。 The composition constituting the second layer 61 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60. As the second part of the above The material of the layer 61 may, for example, be an inorganic material such as Cu, Cr, Ni or Ti.

又,作為構成第2層61之組合物,亦可使用作為構成上述第1接著劑層60之接著劑組合物而說明之上述聚醯亞胺樹脂,亦可使用作為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂之前驅物之聚醯胺酸,亦可使用上述聚矽氧樹脂,亦可使用併用上述熱塑性樹脂與上述熱固性樹脂者。 Further, as the composition constituting the second layer 61, the above-mentioned polyimine resin described as the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 60 may be used, and it may be used as the polyimine resin. As the polyamic acid of the precursor, the above polyoxyl resin may be used, and the above thermoplastic resin and the above thermosetting resin may be used in combination.

(接著片之製造) (following the manufacture of the film)

接著片6係例如以如下方式製作。首先,製作包含用以形成第2層61之組合物之溶液。繼而,將上述溶液以成為特定厚度之方式塗佈於基材上而形成塗佈膜後,使該塗佈膜於特定條件下乾燥等而形成第2層61。作為上述基材,可使用:SUS304、6-4合金;鋁箔、銅箔、Ni箔等金屬箔;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚乙烯、聚丙烯;或利用氟系剝離劑、長鏈烷基丙烯酸酯系剝離劑等剝離劑進行表面塗佈之塑膠膜或紙等。又,作為塗佈方法,並無特別限定,例如可列舉輥式塗佈、網版塗佈、凹版塗佈、旋轉塗佈等。 Next, the sheet 6 is produced, for example, in the following manner. First, a solution containing the composition for forming the second layer 61 is prepared. Then, the coating solution is applied onto a substrate to have a specific thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under specific conditions to form a second layer 61. As the substrate, SUS304, 6-4 alloy, metal foil such as aluminum foil, copper foil, or Ni foil; polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene; or fluorine-based release agent can be used. A plastic film or paper surface-coated with a release agent such as a long-chain alkyl acrylate release agent. Further, the coating method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, and spin coating.

繼而,自第2層61側利用沖裁加工等沖裁成特定形狀(例如圓形、矩形等),保留沖裁而成之部分(圓形狀、矩形狀等之第2層61)而將外側剝離、除去。 Then, the second layer 61 is punched into a specific shape (for example, a circular shape or a rectangular shape) by punching or the like, and the punched portion (the second layer 61 having a circular shape or a rectangular shape) is left and the outer side is left. Peel off and remove.

另一方面,製作包含用以形成第1接著劑層60之組合物之溶液。 On the other hand, a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 is prepared.

繼而,於積層有沖裁成特定形狀之第2層61之上述基材上,將包含用以形成上述第1接著劑層60之組合物的溶液以成為特定厚度之方式塗佈於第2層61側而形成塗佈膜。其後,使該塗佈膜於特定條件下乾燥等而形成第1接著劑層60。根據以上,獲得如圖18所示之接著片6。再者,如下述圖26所示之接著片7亦可藉由相同之方法而製作。 Then, the solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 is applied to the second layer so as to have a specific thickness on the substrate on which the second layer 61 having a specific shape is formed by lamination. A coating film was formed on the side of 61. Thereafter, the coating film is dried under specific conditions to form the first adhesive layer 60. According to the above, the succeeding sheet 6 as shown in Fig. 18 is obtained. Further, the adhesive sheet 7 as shown in Fig. 26 described below can also be produced by the same method.

[配線層之形成] [Formation of wiring layer]

繼而,於基座1之接著片6上形成配線層2(參照圖20)。於具有接著片之基座上形成配線層之方法可採用第1本發明之項中所說明之方 法。 Then, a wiring layer 2 is formed on the bonding sheet 6 of the susceptor 1 (see FIG. 20). The method of forming a wiring layer on a pedestal having a bonding sheet can be as described in the item of the first invention. law.

[安裝步驟、剝離步驟、切晶] [Installation step, stripping step, dicing]

繼而,對上述中所獲得之配線層2(以可自基座1剝離之方式貼附者)安裝晶片(參照圖21)。其後,進行配線層2之老化,進而,視需要對配線層2上之各晶片3實施樹脂密封(參照圖22)。再者,樹脂密封可使用片狀之密封用樹脂片材,亦可使用液狀之樹脂密封材料。其後,將經樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離(參照圖24)。再者,於未進行樹脂密封之情形時,將未進行樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。其後,視需要進行剪裁,藉此獲得於配線層2上安裝有半導體晶片3之半導體裝置4(參照圖25)。再者,於對配線層2安裝晶片(倒裝晶片連接)時,亦可於配線層2與晶片之間使用底膠填充用樹脂。底膠填充用樹脂可為片狀者,亦可為液狀者。又,上述實施形態中,對安裝晶片後實施樹脂密封之情形進行了說明,但亦可代替樹脂密封而使用於晶片上形成有先前公知之倒裝晶片型半導體背面用膜者。上述倒裝晶片型半導體背面用膜係用以形成於倒裝晶片連接於被接著體上之晶片(半導體元件)的背面之膜,詳細情況例如於日本專利特開2011-249739號公報等中進行了揭示,故而省略此處之說明。 Then, the wafer (see FIG. 21) is mounted on the wiring layer 2 obtained as described above (attached so as to be peelable from the susceptor 1). Thereafter, the wiring layer 2 is aged, and further, each of the wafers 3 on the wiring layer 2 is resin-sealed as needed (see FIG. 22). Further, as the resin sealing, a sheet-like sealing resin sheet can be used, and a liquid resin sealing material can also be used. Thereafter, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 sealed by the resin is separated from the susceptor 1 (refer to FIG. 24). Further, when the resin is not sealed, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 not sealed with the resin is separated from the susceptor 1. Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 having the semiconductor wafer 3 mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by trimming as necessary (see FIG. 25). Further, when a wafer (flip-chip connection) is mounted on the wiring layer 2, a resin for filling the underlayer may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the wafer. The resin for filling the primer may be in the form of a sheet or a liquid. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the resin is sealed after the wafer is mounted has been described. However, a conventionally known film for flip chip type semiconductor back surface may be formed on the wafer instead of the resin sealing. The film for flip chip type semiconductor back surface is used for forming a film on a back surface of a wafer (semiconductor element) to which a flip chip is attached to a substrate, and is described in, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. The disclosure is omitted, and the description herein is omitted.

以上,對第2-1本發明之一實施形態進行了說明。繼而,對第2-2本發明進行說明。 The embodiment of the 2-1th invention has been described above. Next, the invention of 2-2 will be described.

第2-2本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且至少包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層者,且上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成; 以僅上述第1接著劑層露出之側的面作為貼合面而將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;以及上述安裝後,對於上述接著片自上述工件側切出切口直至達到上述中央部之上述第1接著劑層為止,藉此將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 According to a second aspect of the present invention, in a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, at least a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and The adhesion force after being attached to the susceptor is lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer, and the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer, and the central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is Forming a layer of the first adhesive layer and the second layer; a step of bonding the bonding sheet to the susceptor on a side where only the side on which the first adhesive layer is exposed is used as a bonding surface; a step of forming a wiring on the bonding sheet; and a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; After the mounting, the step of cutting the workpiece with the wiring from the susceptor by cutting the slit from the workpiece side until reaching the first adhesive layer at the center portion.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第2-2本發明之一實施形態之各步驟進行說明。但是,於以下所說明之第2-2本發明之實施形態中,除準備接著片之步驟、貼合於基座上之步驟及自基座分離之步驟以外,與上述第2-1本發明之實施形態相同,因此對準備接著片之步驟、貼合於基座上之步驟及自基座分離之步驟進行說明,省略除此以外之說明。圖26係表示第2-2本發明之一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。圖27係用以對第2-2本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Hereinafter, each step of the second embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. However, in the embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention described below, in addition to the step of preparing a sheet, the step of bonding to the susceptor, and the step of separating from the susceptor, the 2-1th invention is Since the embodiment is the same, the steps of preparing the succeeding film, the step of bonding to the susceptor, and the step of separating from the pedestal will be described, and the description thereof will be omitted. Fig. 26 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of the second embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 27 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a second embodiment of the present invention.

[準備接著片之步驟] [Steps to prepare the next film]

首先,準備接著片,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層70、及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於第1接著劑層70之第2層71之接著片7,且接著片7之周邊部74由第1接著劑層70形成,較周邊部74更內側之中央部73由第1接著劑層70與第2層71之積層形成(參照圖26)。 First, a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer 70 and a bonding sheet 7 having a lower adhesion force after being attached to the susceptor than the second layer 71 of the first adhesive layer 70 is prepared, and the bonding sheet is further provided. The peripheral portion 74 of the seventh portion 74 is formed of the first adhesive layer 70, and the central portion 73 of the inner side of the peripheral portion 74 is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 (see Fig. 26).

貼附於基座上之後的第2層71之接著力只要低於貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層70之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以下,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。又,第2層71之接著力之下限值並無特別限定,例如為0N/20mm以上,亦可為0.001N/20mm以上。若第2層71之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以下,則於分離之步驟 中,可將附有配線之半導體晶片自第2層容易地剝離。 The adhesion force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. and the peeling speed is high. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the condition of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less. Further, the lower limit of the adhesion force of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more, and may be 0.001 N/20 mm or more. If the above-mentioned adhesion force of the second layer 71 is 0.30 N/20 mm or less, the separation step is performed. In this case, the semiconductor wafer with wiring can be easily peeled off from the second layer.

又,貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層70之接著力只要高於貼附於基座上之後的第2層71之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。又,第1接著劑層70之接著力之上限值並無特別限定,越大越好,例如可列舉30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等。若第1接著劑層70之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將基座與接著片7更牢固地固定。 Moreover, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 70 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesion force of the second layer 71 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of the peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40 N/20 mm or more. In addition, the upper limit of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 70 is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, 20 N/20 mm or less. When the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 70 is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the susceptor and the adhesive sheet 7 can be more firmly fixed.

接著片7之厚度較佳為0.1~100μm,更佳為0.5~25μm。若接著片7之厚度為0.1μm以上,則可容易地形成多層構造。另一方面,若接著片7之厚度為100μm以下,則可抑制或防止接著片7之厚度不均或加熱時之收縮‧膨脹,於形成配線之步驟中較為有利。 The thickness of the sheet 7 is preferably from 0.1 to 100 μm, more preferably from 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the succeeding sheet 7 is 0.1 μm or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 is 100 μm or less, it is possible to suppress or prevent uneven thickness of the adhesive sheet 7 or shrinkage during heating, and it is advantageous in the step of forming wiring.

第1接著劑層70之中央部73之厚度較佳為0.01~99μm,更佳為0.05~10μm。 The thickness of the central portion 73 of the first adhesive layer 70 is preferably from 0.01 to 99 μm, more preferably from 0.05 to 10 μm.

第2層71之厚度(中央部73之厚度)較佳為0.09~99.9μm,更佳為0.05~15μm。 The thickness of the second layer 71 (thickness of the central portion 73) is preferably from 0.09 to 99.9 μm, more preferably from 0.05 to 15 μm.

第1接著劑層由於彈性模數通常低於第2層,故而於形成該層時容易於表面產生起伏。就上述觀點而言,較佳為使第1接著劑層變薄並使第2層變厚。另一方面,第1接著劑層由於玻璃轉移溫度通常高於第2層,故而於形成該層時收縮較大。就上述觀點而言,較佳為使第1接著劑層變厚並使第2層變薄。因此,本發明中,考慮層形成時之表面起伏及層形成時之收縮量之兩者,第1接著劑層之厚度及第2層之厚度較佳為於上述數值範圍內選擇。 Since the first adhesive layer is usually lower in the elastic modulus than the second layer, it is easy to cause undulation on the surface when the layer is formed. From the above viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thin and to thicken the second layer. On the other hand, since the first adhesive layer is usually higher in the glass transition temperature than the second layer, the first adhesive layer has a large shrinkage when the layer is formed. From the above viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thick and to make the second layer thin. Therefore, in the present invention, in consideration of both the surface undulation at the time of layer formation and the amount of shrinkage at the time of layer formation, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the thickness of the second layer are preferably selected within the above numerical range.

[貼合於基座上之步驟] [Steps to fit on the base]

準備接著片7之步驟後,以僅第1接著劑層70露出之側的面作為貼合面而將準備之接著片7貼合於基座1上(參照圖27)。 After the step of preparing the succeeding sheet 7, the prepared back sheet 7 is bonded to the susceptor 1 by using the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer 70 is exposed as a bonding surface (see FIG. 27).

[自基座分離之步驟] [Steps to separate from the base]

於自基座分離之步驟中,首先,於接著片7上自半導體晶片3側切出切口75直至到達中央部73之第1接著劑層70為止。此時,於樹脂32及配線層2上亦同時切出切口。藉此,基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3僅經由第1接著層70與第2層71之積層部分而相對向。此時,使第1接著劑層70貼合於基座1上,第2層71與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3接觸。其結果,於分離之步驟中,可藉由外力而於第2層71與配線層2之界面容易地剝離。因此,可將附有配線層2之半導體晶片3容易地自基座1分離。 In the step of separating from the susceptor, first, the slit 75 is cut out from the semiconductor wafer 3 side on the succeeding sheet 7 until reaching the first adhesive layer 70 of the central portion 73. At this time, the slits are also cut out simultaneously on the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2. Thereby, the susceptor 1 and the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other only via the laminated portion of the first subsequent layer 70 and the second layer 71. At this time, the first adhesive layer 70 is bonded to the susceptor 1, and the second layer 71 is brought into contact with the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 attached thereto. As a result, in the step of separating, the interface between the second layer 71 and the wiring layer 2 can be easily peeled off by an external force. Therefore, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated from the susceptor 1.

以上,對第2-2本發明之一實施形態進行了說明。繼而,對第2-3本發明進行說明。 The embodiment of the second aspect of the present invention has been described above. Next, the 2-3th invention will be described.

第2-3本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且至少包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層者,且上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成,較上述周邊部更內側之中央部由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成;以僅上述第1接著劑層露出之側之面的相反側之面作為貼合面而將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;以及上述安裝後,對於上述接著片自上述工件側切出切口直至到達上述第2層為止,藉此將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 The method for manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the present invention is a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, and at least includes a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and The adhesion force after being attached to the susceptor is lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer, and the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer, and the central portion of the inner side of the peripheral portion is The first adhesive layer is formed of a laminate of the second layer; and the step of bonding the adhesive sheet to the susceptor as a bonding surface on a surface opposite to the surface on which the first adhesive layer is exposed is used as a bonding surface a step of forming a wiring on the bonding sheet; a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; and after the mounting, cutting the cutout from the workpiece side to the second layer until the second layer is reached, thereby providing wiring The step of separating the workpiece from the pedestal.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第2-3本發明之一實施形態之各步驟進行說明。但是,以下所說明之第2-3本發明之實施形態中,除準備接著片之步驟、貼合於基座上之步驟及自基座分離之步驟以外,與上 述第2-1本發明之實施形態相同,因此對準備接著片之步驟、貼合於基座上之步驟及自基座分離之步驟進行說明,省略除此以外之說明。圖28係表示第2-3本發明之一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。圖29係用以對第2-3本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。 Hereinafter, each step of the embodiment of the 2-3th invention will be described with reference to the drawings. However, in the embodiment of the 2-3th invention described below, in addition to the steps of preparing the adhesive sheet, the step of bonding to the susceptor, and the step of separating from the susceptor, Since the second embodiment of the present invention is the same, the steps of preparing the succeeding film, the step of bonding to the susceptor, and the step of separating from the pedestal will be described, and the description thereof will be omitted. Figure 28 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of an embodiment of the 2-3th invention. Fig. 29 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

[準備接著片之步驟] [Steps to prepare the next film]

首先,準備接著片,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層50、及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於第1接著劑層50之第2層51的接著片5,且接著片5之周邊部54由第1接著劑層50形成,較周邊部54更內側之中央部53由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層形成(參照圖28)。 First, a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer 50 and a bonding sheet 5 having a lower adhesion force than the second layer 51 of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the susceptor is prepared, and then the film is attached. The peripheral portion 54 of the fifth portion 54 is formed of the first adhesive layer 50, and the central portion 53 that is further inside than the peripheral portion 54 is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 (see FIG. 28).

貼附於基座上之後的第2層51之接著力只要低於貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層50之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以下,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。又,第2層51之接著力之下限值並無特別限定,例如為0N/20mm以上,亦可為0.001N/20mm以上。若第2層51之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以下,則於分離之步驟中,可容易地自基座1或第1接著劑層50剝離。 The adhesion force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. and the peeling speed is high. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the condition of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less. Further, the lower limit of the adhesion force of the second layer 51 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more, and may be 0.001 N/20 mm or more. When the adhesion force of the second layer 51 is 0.30 N/20 mm or less, the separation from the susceptor 1 or the first adhesive layer 50 can be easily performed in the separation step.

又,貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層50之接著力只要高於貼附於基座上之後的第2層51之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。又,第1接著劑層50之接著力之上限值並無特別限定,越大越好,例如可列舉30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等。若第1接著劑層50之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將基座與接著片5更牢固地固定於周邊部54上。 Moreover, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesion force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of the peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40 N/20 mm or more. In addition, the upper limit of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, 20 N/20 mm or less. When the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the susceptor and the adhesive sheet 5 can be more firmly fixed to the peripheral portion 54.

接著片5之厚度較佳為0.1~100μm,更佳為0.5~25μm。若接著片5之厚度為0.1μm以上,則可容易地形成多層構造。另一方面,若 接著片5之厚度為100μm以下,則可抑制或防止接著片5之厚度不均或加熱時之收縮‧膨脹,於形成配線之步驟中較為有利。 The thickness of the sheet 5 is preferably from 0.1 to 100 μm, more preferably from 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 0.1 μm or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, if When the thickness of the sheet 5 is 100 μm or less, it is possible to suppress or prevent the thickness unevenness of the back sheet 5 or the shrinkage during heating, and it is advantageous in the step of forming the wiring.

第1接著劑層50之中央部53之厚度較佳為0.01~99μm,更佳為0.05~10μm。 The thickness of the central portion 53 of the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably from 0.01 to 99 μm, more preferably from 0.05 to 10 μm.

第2層51之厚度(中央部53之厚度)較佳為0.09~99.9μm,更佳為0.05~15μm。 The thickness of the second layer 51 (thickness of the central portion 53) is preferably from 0.09 to 99.9 μm, more preferably from 0.05 to 15 μm.

第1接著劑層由於彈性模數通常低於第2層,故而於形成該層時容易於表面產生起伏。就上述觀點而言,較佳為使第1接著劑層變薄並使第2層變厚。另一方面,第1接著劑層由於玻璃轉移溫度通常高於第2層,故而於形成該層時收縮較大。就上述觀點而言,較佳為使第1接著劑層變厚並使第2層變薄。因此,本發明中,考慮層形成時之表面起伏及層形成時之收縮量之兩者,第1接著劑層之厚度及第2層之厚度較佳為於上述數值範圍內選擇。 Since the first adhesive layer is usually lower in the elastic modulus than the second layer, it is easy to cause undulation on the surface when the layer is formed. From the above viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thin and to thicken the second layer. On the other hand, since the first adhesive layer is usually higher in the glass transition temperature than the second layer, the first adhesive layer has a large shrinkage when the layer is formed. From the above viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thick and to make the second layer thin. Therefore, in the present invention, in consideration of both the surface undulation at the time of layer formation and the amount of shrinkage at the time of layer formation, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the thickness of the second layer are preferably selected within the above numerical range.

[貼合於基座上之步驟] [Steps to fit on the base]

於準備接著片5步驟後,僅以與第1接著劑層50露出之側的面相反側之面作為貼合面而將準備之接著片5貼合於基座1上(參照圖29)。 After the preparation of the next sheet 5 step, the prepared back sheet 5 is bonded to the susceptor 1 only by the surface on the side opposite to the surface on the side where the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed as a bonding surface (see FIG. 29).

[自基座分離之步驟] [Steps to separate from the base]

於自基座分離之步驟中,首先,於接著片5上自半導體晶片3側切出切口55直至到達第2層51為止。此時,於樹脂32及配線層2上亦同時切出切口。藉此,基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3僅經由第1接著層50與第2層51之積層部分而相對向。因此,於分離之步驟中,可藉由外力而於第1接著劑層70與第2層51之界面、或第2層51與基座1之界面容易地剝離。其後,將第1接著劑層50自配線層2剝離。藉此,可將基座與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3容易地上下分離。 In the step of separating from the susceptor, first, the slit 55 is cut out from the semiconductor wafer 3 side on the succeeding sheet 5 until reaching the second layer 51. At this time, the slits are also cut out simultaneously on the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2. Thereby, the susceptor 1 and the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other only via the laminated portion of the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, in the step of separating, the interface between the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 51 or the interface between the second layer 51 and the susceptor 1 can be easily peeled off by an external force. Thereafter, the first adhesive layer 50 is peeled off from the wiring layer 2. Thereby, the susceptor and the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated up and down.

以上,對第2本發明之實施形態進行了說明。 The embodiment of the second invention has been described above.

<第3本發明> <3rd invention>

以下,關於第3本發明,對與第1本發明不同之方面進行說明。尤其是作為本第3本發明之項中所說明之以外之特性、效果,第3本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法及接著片可發揮與第1本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法及接著片相同之特性、效果。 Hereinafter, the third aspect of the invention will be described with respect to the first invention. In particular, the manufacturing method and the bonding sheet of the semiconductor device according to the third aspect of the present invention are the same as the manufacturing method and the bonding sheet of the semiconductor device according to the first aspect of the invention. Characteristics and effects.

第3本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且至少包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係積層有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層;將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;以及上述安裝後將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a third aspect of the present invention is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, and at least includes a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a paste. a bonding force after being attached to the susceptor is lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer; a step of bonding the bonding sheet to the susceptor; and forming a wiring on the bonding sheet after being bonded to the susceptor a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; and a step of separating the workpiece with the wiring from the susceptor after the mounting.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第3本發明之一實施形態之各步驟進行說明。再者,第3本發明中所使用之「上表面」、「下表面」等表示上下之語句係僅用以說明層之位置關係者,對於接著片或半導體裝置之實際之上下姿勢並無限定。再者,以下之實施形態中,對第3本發明之工件為半導體晶片之情形進行說明,但並不限定於該例,亦可為未形成有電路之晶圓,亦可為形成有電路之晶圓,亦可為未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓。 Hereinafter, each step of an embodiment of the third invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, the "upper surface" and "lower surface" used in the third invention are used to indicate the positional relationship of the layers, and the actual upper and lower postures of the adhesive sheet or the semiconductor device are not limited. . In the following embodiments, the case where the workpiece of the third invention is a semiconductor wafer will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to this example, and may be a wafer in which no circuit is formed, or may be formed as a circuit. The wafer may also be a singulated wafer that is not formed with a circuit.

[準備接著片之步驟] [Steps to prepare the next film]

首先,準備接著片,該接著片係積層有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層。 First, a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a bonding force after being attached to the susceptor is lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer is prepared.

此處,對本實施形態之接著片進行說明。圖30係表示第3本發明之一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。如圖30所示,接著片5具有於第2層51上積層有第1接著劑層50之構成。第2層51之接著力低於第1接著劑層50之接著力。再者,接著片5係於貼合於基座上之步驟中以第2層51作為貼合面而貼合於基座上。 Here, the succeeding film of this embodiment will be described. Figure 30 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of an embodiment of the third invention. As shown in FIG. 30, the succeeding sheet 5 has a structure in which a first adhesive layer 50 is laminated on the second layer 51. The adhesion of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50. Further, in the step of bonding the bonding sheet 5 to the susceptor, the second layer 51 is bonded to the susceptor as a bonding surface.

接著片5由於存在第1接著劑層50,故而於形成配線之步驟或安裝工件之步驟等中,可預先將配線等固定於基座上。又,不僅具有第1接著劑層50,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層50之第2層51,故而於分離之步驟中,可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。又,接著片5由於以第2層51作為貼合面而貼合於基座上,故而於第1接著劑層50上形成有配線。因此,於形成配線之步驟或安裝工件之步驟等中,可預先將配線等更牢固地固定於基座上。 In the subsequent sheet 5, since the first adhesive layer 50 is present, wiring or the like can be fixed to the susceptor in advance in the step of forming wiring or the step of mounting the workpiece. Further, not only the first adhesive layer 50 but also the second layer 51 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 50, the susceptor and the wiring-attached workpiece can be separated by an external force in the separating step. Easily separate up and down. Further, since the succeeding sheet 5 is bonded to the susceptor by using the second layer 51 as a bonding surface, wiring is formed on the first adhesive layer 50. Therefore, in the step of forming the wiring or the step of mounting the workpiece, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the susceptor more firmly in advance.

本實施形態中,貼附於基座上之後的第2層51之接著力只要低於貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層50之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.3N/20mm以下,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。又,第2層51之接著力之下限值並無特別限定,例如為0N/20mm以上,亦可為0.001N/20mm以上。若第2層51之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以下,則可將第2層51自基座容易地剝離。另一方面,第2層51之上述接著力越低,則越容易進行自基座之剝離。 In the present embodiment, the adhesion force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23± The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of 2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.3 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less. Further, the lower limit of the adhesion force of the second layer 51 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more, and may be 0.001 N/20 mm or more. When the adhesion force of the second layer 51 is 0.30 N/20 mm or less, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled off from the susceptor. On the other hand, the lower the above-described adhesion force of the second layer 51, the easier it is to peel off from the susceptor.

又,貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層50之接著力只要高於貼附於基座上之後的第2層51之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。又,第1接著劑層50之接著力之上限值並無特別限定,越大越好,例如可列舉30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等。若第1接著劑層50之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將基座與接著片5更牢固地固定。 Moreover, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesion force of the second layer 51 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of the peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40 N/20 mm or more. In addition, the upper limit of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, 20 N/20 mm or less. When the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50 is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the susceptor and the adhesive sheet 5 can be more firmly fixed.

第2層51與第1接著劑層50之間的接著力較佳為高於第2層51與基座1之間的接著力(將第2層51貼附於基座1上時之第2層51與基座1之間的接著力)。若第2層51與第1接著劑層50之間的接著力低於第2層51與基座1之間的接著力,則可於分離之步驟中,首先於第2層51與基座1 之間剝離,其後將第1接著劑層50與第2之51一起自配線26(配線層2)剝離。 The adhesion between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably higher than the adhesion between the second layer 51 and the susceptor 1 (the second layer 51 is attached to the susceptor 1) The adhesion between the 2 layers 51 and the susceptor 1). If the adhesion between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 is lower than the adhesion between the second layer 51 and the susceptor 1, the separation step may be first applied to the second layer 51 and the pedestal. 1 After peeling off, the first adhesive layer 50 and the second 51 together are peeled off from the wiring 26 (wiring layer 2).

第2層51與基座1之間的接著力以溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之180°撕除剝離力計較佳為0.3N/20mm以下,更佳為0.2N/20mm以下。又,就於配線形成步驟之期間不剝離之觀點而言,第2層51與基座1之間的上述接著力以溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之180°撕除剝離力計較佳為0.001N/20mm以上,更佳為0.01N/20mm以上。 The 180° tear-off peeling force of the second layer 51 and the susceptor 1 at a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.3 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.2 N/ 20mm or less. Moreover, the above-mentioned adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the susceptor 1 is peeled off by 180° under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min from the viewpoint of not peeling off during the wiring forming step. The peeling force meter is preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.01 N/20 mm or more.

第2層51與第1接著劑層50之間的接著力以溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之180°撕除剝離力計較佳為0.001N/20mm以上,更佳為10N/20mm以下。又,第2層51與第1接著劑層50之間的上述接著力以溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之180°撕除剝離力計,可設為1.0N/20mm以下、0.1N/20mm以下等。 The adhesion force between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more, at a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min. 10N/20mm or less. Moreover, the above-mentioned adhesive force between the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 can be set to 1.0 N/20 mm by a 180° peeling peeling force under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. Below, 0.1N/20mm or less.

接著片5之厚度較佳為0.1~100μm,更佳為0.5~25μm。若接著片5之厚度為0.1μm以上,則可容易地形成多層構造。另一方面,若接著片5之厚度為100μm以下,則可抑制或防止接著片5之厚度不均或加熱時之收縮‧膨脹,於形成配線之步驟中較為有利。 The thickness of the sheet 5 is preferably from 0.1 to 100 μm, more preferably from 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 0.1 μm or more, a multilayer structure can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 is 100 μm or less, it is possible to suppress or prevent uneven thickness of the adhesive sheet 5 or shrinkage during heating, and it is advantageous in the step of forming wiring.

第1接著劑層50之厚度較佳為0.01~99μm,更佳為0.05~10μm。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 50 is preferably from 0.01 to 99 μm, more preferably from 0.05 to 10 μm.

第2層51之厚度較佳為0.09~99.9μm,更佳為0.05~15μm。 The thickness of the second layer 51 is preferably from 0.09 to 99.9 μm, more preferably from 0.05 to 15 μm.

第1接著劑層由於彈性模數通常低於第2層,故而於形成該層時容易於表面產生起伏。就上述觀點而言,較佳為使第1接著劑層變薄並使第2層變厚。另一方面,第1接著劑層由於玻璃轉移溫度通常高於第2層,故而於形成該層時收縮較大。就上述觀點而言,較佳為使第1接著劑層變厚並使第2層變薄。因此,第3本發明中,考慮層形成時之表面起伏及層形成時之收縮量之兩者,第1接著劑層之厚度及第2層之 厚度較佳為於上述數值範圍內選擇。 Since the first adhesive layer is usually lower in the elastic modulus than the second layer, it is easy to cause undulation on the surface when the layer is formed. From the above viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thin and to thicken the second layer. On the other hand, since the first adhesive layer is usually higher in the glass transition temperature than the second layer, the first adhesive layer has a large shrinkage when the layer is formed. From the above viewpoint, it is preferable to make the first adhesive layer thick and to make the second layer thin. Therefore, in the third aspect of the invention, the thickness of the first adhesive layer and the second layer are considered in consideration of both the surface undulation at the time of layer formation and the amount of shrinkage at the time of layer formation. The thickness is preferably selected within the above numerical range.

第3本發明之接著片並不限定於如圖30所示之接著片5,亦可為如圖31所示之接著片。圖31係表示第3本發明之另一實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 The adhesive sheet of the third invention is not limited to the adhesive sheet 5 shown in Fig. 30, and may be a continuous sheet as shown in Fig. 31. Figure 31 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of another embodiment of the third invention.

圖31所示,接著片6具有於第1接著劑層60上積層有第2層61之構成。第2層61之接著力低於第1接著劑層60之接著力。再者,接著片6係於貼合於基座上之步驟中以第1接著劑層60作為貼合面而貼合於基座上。 As shown in FIG. 31, the succeeding sheet 6 has a structure in which a second layer 61 is laminated on the first adhesive layer 60. The adhesion of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60. Further, in the step of bonding the bonding sheet 6 to the susceptor, the first adhesive layer 60 is bonded to the susceptor as a bonding surface.

接著片6由於存在第1接著劑層60,故而於形成配線之步驟或安裝工件之步驟等中,可預先將配線等固定於基座上。又,不僅具有第1接著劑層60,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層60之第2層61,故而於分離之步驟中,可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。又,接著片6由於以第1接著劑層60作為貼合面而貼合於基座上,故而於形成配線之步驟或安裝工件之步驟等中,可預先將配線等更牢固地固定於基座上。 In the subsequent sheet 6, since the first adhesive layer 60 is present, wiring or the like can be fixed to the susceptor in advance in the step of forming wiring or the step of mounting the workpiece. Further, not only the first adhesive layer 60 but also the second layer 61 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 60 is provided. Therefore, in the step of separating, the susceptor and the wiring-attached workpiece can be externally driven. Easily separate up and down. Further, since the adhesive sheet 6 is bonded to the susceptor by using the first adhesive layer 60 as a bonding surface, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the base more firmly in advance in the step of forming the wiring or the step of mounting the workpiece. On the seat.

貼附於基座上之後的第2層61之接著力只要低於貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層60之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以下,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。又,第2層61之接著力之下限值並無特別限定,例如為0N/20mm以上,亦可為0.001N/20mm以上。若第2層61之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以下,則可將第2層61自基座容易地剝離。另一方面,第2層61之上述接著力越低,則越容易進行自基座之剝離。 The adhesion force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is lower than the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. and the peeling speed. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the condition of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less. Further, the lower limit of the adhesion force of the second layer 61 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more, and may be 0.001 N/20 mm or more. When the adhesion force of the second layer 61 is 0.30 N/20 mm or less, the second layer 61 can be easily peeled off from the susceptor. On the other hand, the lower the above-described adhesion force of the second layer 61, the easier it is to peel off from the susceptor.

又,貼附於基座上之後的第1接著劑層60之接著力只要高於貼附於基座上之後的第2層61之接著力,則並無特別限定,溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為 0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。又,第1接著劑層60之接著力之上限值並無特別限定,越大越好,例如可列舉30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等。若第1接著劑層60之上述接著力為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將基座與接著片6更牢固地固定。 Moreover, the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 after being attached to the susceptor is not particularly limited as long as it is higher than the adhesion force of the second layer 61 after being attached to the susceptor, and the temperature is 23±2° C. The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the condition of the peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.30N/20mm or more, more preferably 0.40N/20mm or more. In addition, the upper limit of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, 20 N/20 mm or less. When the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the susceptor and the adhesive sheet 6 can be more firmly fixed.

第2層61與第1接著劑層60之間的接著力較佳為低於第1接著劑層60與基座1之間的接著力(將第1接著劑層60貼附於基座1上時之第1接著劑層60與基座1之間的接著力)。若第2層61與第1接著劑層60之間的接著力低於第1接著劑層60與基座1之間的接著力,則可於分離之步驟中,首先於第2層61與第1接著劑層60之間剝離,其後將第2層61自配線26(配線層2)剝離。 The adhesion between the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 is preferably lower than the adhesion between the first adhesive layer 60 and the susceptor 1 (the first adhesive layer 60 is attached to the susceptor 1) The adhesion between the first adhesive layer 60 and the susceptor 1 in the upper case). If the adhesion between the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 is lower than the adhesion between the first adhesive layer 60 and the susceptor 1, the separation step may be first performed on the second layer 61. The first adhesive layer 60 is peeled off from each other, and thereafter the second layer 61 is peeled off from the wiring 26 (wiring layer 2).

第2層61與第1接著劑層60之間的接著力以溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之180°撕除剝離力計較佳為0.3N/20mm以下,更佳為0.2N/20mm以下。又,就於配線形成步驟之期間不剝離之觀點而言,第2層61與第1接著劑層60之間的上述接著力以溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之180°撕除剝離力計較佳為0.001N/20mm以上,更佳為0.01N/20mm以上。 The 180° tear-off peeling force of the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 at a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.3 N/20 mm or less, more preferably 0.2N/20mm or less. Moreover, the adhesion force between the second layer 61 and the first adhesive layer 60 is 180 at a temperature of 23 ± 2 ° C and a peeling speed of 300 mm / min from the viewpoint of not peeling off during the wiring forming step. The tear-off peeling force meter is preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.01 N/20 mm or more.

第1接著劑層60與基座1之間的上述接著力以溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之180°撕除剝離力計較佳為0.3N/20mm以上,更佳為0.4N/20mm以上。又,第1接著劑層60與基座1之間的上述接著力以溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之180°撕除剝離力計,可設為30N/20mm以下、20N/20mm以下等。 The 180° tear-off peeling force of the first adhesive layer 60 and the susceptor at a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably 0.3 N/20 mm or more, and more preferably 0.4N/20mm or more. Moreover, the above-mentioned adhesive force between the first adhesive layer 60 and the susceptor 1 can be set to 30 N/20 mm or less at a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min. 20N/20mm or less.

接著片6之厚度較佳為0.1~100μm,更佳為0.5~25μm。若接著片6之厚度為0.1μm以上,則可容易地形成該接著片6。另一方面,若接著片6之厚度為100μm以下,則可抑制或防止接著片6之厚度不均或加熱時之收縮‧膨脹,於形成配線之步驟中較為有利。 The thickness of the sheet 6 is preferably from 0.1 to 100 μm, more preferably from 0.5 to 25 μm. When the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 0.1 μm or more, the adhesive sheet 6 can be easily formed. On the other hand, when the thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 is 100 μm or less, it is possible to suppress or prevent uneven thickness of the adhesive sheet 6 or shrinkage during heating, and it is advantageous in the step of forming wiring.

第1接著劑層60之厚度較佳為0.01~99μm,更佳為0.05~10 μm。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 60 is preferably 0.01 to 99 μm, more preferably 0.05 to 10 Mm.

第2層61之厚度較佳為0.09~99.9μm,更佳為0.05~15μm。 The thickness of the second layer 61 is preferably from 0.09 to 99.9 μm, more preferably from 0.05 to 15 μm.

[貼合於基座上之步驟] [Steps to fit on the base]

以下之說明中,對使用圖30所示之接著片5之情形進行說明。圖32~圖37係用以對第3本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。於準備接著片5步驟後,以接著片5之下表面作為貼合面而將準備之接著片5貼合於基座1上(參照圖32)。貼合方法並無特別限定,較佳為利用壓接之方法。壓接通常係一面利用壓接輥等擠壓機構進行擠壓一面進行。作為壓接條件,較佳為20℃~150℃、0.01MPa~10MPa、1mm/sec~100mm/sec。 In the following description, the case where the back sheet 5 shown in Fig. 30 is used will be described. 32 to 37 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. After the preparation of the next sheet 5 step, the prepared back sheet 5 is bonded to the susceptor 1 with the lower surface of the succeeding sheet 5 as a bonding surface (see FIG. 32). The bonding method is not particularly limited, and a method using pressure bonding is preferred. The crimping is usually performed while being pressed by a pressing mechanism such as a pressure roller. The pressure bonding conditions are preferably 20 ° C to 150 ° C, 0.01 MPa to 10 MPa, and 1 mm / sec to 100 mm / sec.

[形成配線之步驟] [Steps for forming wiring]

繼而,於接著片5上,以連接用導體部21於配線層2之上表面露出之方式形成具有可與半導體晶片3之電極31連接之連接用導體部21及配線26的配線層2(參照圖33)。配線層2係於接著片5側具有用以進行與外部之電性連接之外部連接用導體部22。再者,圖33係表示連接用導體部21以凸狀於配線層2之上表面露出之情形,但第3本發明中連接用導體部只要於配線層之上表面露出即可,連接用導體部之上表面亦可與配線層之上表面為同一平面。接著片5由於僅第1接著劑層50於上表面露出,故而可更牢固地固定形成於接著片50上之配線層。 Then, on the bonding sheet 5, the wiring layer 2 having the connection conductor portion 21 and the wiring 26 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor wafer 3 is formed so that the connection conductor portion 21 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2 (refer to Figure 33). The wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor portion 22 for electrically connecting to the outside on the side of the back sheet 5. In addition, FIG. 33 shows a case where the connection conductor portion 21 is exposed to the upper surface of the wiring layer 2 in a convex shape. However, in the third aspect of the invention, the connection conductor portion may be exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer, and the connection conductor may be used. The upper surface of the portion may be the same plane as the upper surface of the wiring layer. In the subsequent sheet 5, since only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed on the upper surface, the wiring layer formed on the adhesive sheet 50 can be more firmly fixed.

[安裝半導體晶片之步驟] [Steps for installing a semiconductor wafer]

繼而,如圖34所示,將配線層2之連接用導體部21與半導體晶片3之電極31連接而於配線層2(配線26)上安裝半導體晶片3。圖34係省略安裝後之連接用導體部21、電極31各自之突起而表示。再者,圖34係表示於配線層2上安裝有複數個半導體晶片3之情形,但安裝於配線層上之半導體晶片之數並無特別限定,亦可為1。 Then, as shown in FIG. 34, the connection conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 is connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor wafer 3, and the semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26). Fig. 34 shows the projections of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after the mounting is omitted. In addition, FIG. 34 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor wafers 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2. However, the number of semiconductor wafers mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.

繼而,如圖35所示,視需要以覆蓋半導體晶片3之方式利用樹脂 32進行樹脂密封。用於樹脂密封之樹脂32可適當使用先前公知者等,樹脂密封方法亦可採用先前公知之方法。 Then, as shown in FIG. 35, the resin is used in such a manner as to cover the semiconductor wafer 3 as needed. 32 resin sealing. The resin 32 for resin sealing can be suitably used by a conventionally known person or the like, and the resin sealing method can also employ a previously known method.

[自基座分離之步驟] [Steps to separate from the base]

繼而,如圖36所示,將經樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。具體而言,藉由施加外力而僅將基座1剝離,其後對接著片5進行90°剝離之方法。又,可列舉如下方法:藉由施加外力而將附有基座1之第2層51剝離,其後對第1接著劑層50進行90°剝離之方法。又,可列舉如下方法:降低第1接著劑層50之接著力後,將附有基座1之接著片5剝離之方法。再者,於未進行樹脂密封之情形時,將未進行樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。作為降低第1接著劑層50之接著力之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層50而降低接著力之方法;利用切割機或雷射等於第1接著劑層50上物理性地切出切口而降低接著力之方法;預先使用接著力會隨著加熱而降低之材料形成第1接著劑層50,利用加熱降低接著力之方法;利用超音波洗淨降低第1接著劑層50之接著力之方法等。再者,上述超音波洗淨中,視需要可加熱洗淨液,亦可使用含有界面活性劑等者作為洗淨液。 Then, as shown in FIG. 36, the resin-sealed semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 attached thereto is separated from the susceptor 1. Specifically, only the susceptor 1 is peeled off by applying an external force, and then the method of peeling off the slab 5 by 90° is performed. Further, a method in which the second layer 51 with the susceptor 1 is peeled off by applying an external force, and then the first adhesive layer 50 is subjected to 90° peeling is exemplified. Further, a method of peeling off the adhesive sheet 5 with the susceptor 1 and then peeling off the adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 50 may be mentioned. Further, when the resin is not sealed, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 not sealed with the resin is separated from the susceptor 1. As a method of lowering the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50, a method of reducing the adhesion force by dissolving the first adhesive layer 50 in a solvent is used, and the first adhesive layer 50 is physically used by a cutter or a laser. A method of cutting out the slit to reduce the adhesion force; forming a first adhesive layer 50 by using a material whose adhesion is lowered by heating, and reducing the adhesion by heating; and lowering the first adhesive layer 50 by ultrasonic cleaning The method of force and so on. Further, in the above-described ultrasonic cleaning, the cleaning liquid may be heated as needed, and a surfactant or the like may be used as the cleaning liquid.

其後,視需要進行剪裁,藉此獲得於配線層2上安裝有半導體晶片3之半導體裝置4(參照圖37)。再者,對於將基座1剝離之配線層2,亦可實施賦予焊錫球之加工。 Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 having the semiconductor wafer 3 mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by trimming as necessary (see FIG. 37). Further, the wiring layer 2 from which the susceptor 1 is peeled off may be subjected to processing for imparting solder balls.

以上,對本實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法之概略進行了說明。以下,對本實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法之一例進行詳細說明。 The outline of the method of manufacturing the semiconductor device of the present embodiment has been described above. Hereinafter, an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device of the present embodiment will be described in detail.

[具有接著片之基座之準備] [Preparation of the pedestal with the film]

首先,準備基座1(參照圖32)。基座1可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 First, the susceptor 1 is prepared (see Fig. 32). The susceptor 1 can be used as described in the item of the first invention.

繼而,於基座1上貼合接著片5(參照圖32)。接著片5係如已說明般具有於第2層51上積層有第1接著劑層50之構成。 Then, the back sheet 5 is bonded to the susceptor 1 (see FIG. 32). Next, the sheet 5 has a configuration in which the first adhesive layer 50 is laminated on the second layer 51 as described above.

作為構成第1接著劑層50之接著劑組合物,只要以第1接著劑層50之接著力高於第2層51之接著力之方式選擇,則並無特別限定。作為此種構成第1接著劑層50之接著劑組合物,可列舉併用含有來自具有醯亞胺基且於至少一部分具有醚結構之二胺的構成單元之聚醯亞胺樹脂、作為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂之前驅物之聚醯胺酸、聚矽氧樹脂、熱塑性樹脂及熱固性樹脂者等。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 is higher than the adhesive force of the second layer 51. As the adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50, a polyimine resin containing a constituent unit derived from a diamine having an oxime group and having at least a part of an ether structure may be used in combination as the above-mentioned polyfluorene. A precursor of a imine resin, such as a polyamine, a polyoxyl resin, a thermoplastic resin, and a thermosetting resin.

上述聚醯亞胺樹脂及上述聚矽氧樹脂可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 The above polyimine resin and the above polyoxyxylene resin can be used as described in the first aspect of the invention.

於第1接著劑層50中使用上述聚矽氧樹脂之情形時,於第1接著劑層50中,視需要亦可含有其他添加劑。作為此種其他添加劑,可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 When the polyadone resin is used in the first adhesive layer 50, other additives may be contained in the first adhesive layer 50 as needed. As such other additives, those described in the item of the first invention can be used.

作為構成第2層51之組合物,只要以第2層51之接著力低於第1接著劑層50之接著力之方式選擇,則並無特別限定。作為構成此種第2層51之材料,可列舉Cu、Cr、Ni、Ti等無機材料。 The composition constituting the second layer 51 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesion of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50. Examples of the material constituting the second layer 51 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti.

又,作為構成第2層51之組合物,可使用作為構成上述第1接著劑層50之接著劑組合物而說明之上述聚醯亞胺樹脂,亦可使用作為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂之前驅物之聚醯胺酸,亦可使用上述聚矽氧樹脂,亦可使用併用上述熱塑性樹脂與上述熱固性樹脂者。 Further, as the composition constituting the second layer 51, the above-mentioned polyimine resin which is described as an adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 may be used, and may be used as the precursor of the above polyimine resin. As the polyamic acid of the substance, the above polyoxyl resin may be used, and the above thermoplastic resin and the above thermosetting resin may be used in combination.

(接著片之製造) (following the manufacture of the film)

接著片5係例如以如下方式製作。首先,製作包含用以形成第2層51之組合物之溶液。繼而,將上述溶液以成為特定厚度之方式塗佈於基材上而形成塗佈膜後,使該塗佈膜於特定條件下乾燥等而形成第2層51。作為上述基材,可使用:SUS304、6-4合金;鋁箔、銅箔、Ni箔等金屬箔;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚乙烯、聚丙烯;或利 用氟系剝離劑、長鏈烷基丙烯酸酯系剝離劑等剝離劑進行表面塗佈之塑膠膜或紙等。又,作為塗佈方法,並無特別限定,例如可列舉輥式塗佈、網版塗佈、凹版塗佈、旋轉塗佈等。 Next, the sheet 5 is produced, for example, in the following manner. First, a solution containing the composition for forming the second layer 51 is prepared. Then, the coating solution is applied onto a substrate to have a specific thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under specific conditions to form a second layer 51. As the substrate, SUS304, 6-4 alloy; metal foil such as aluminum foil, copper foil, or Ni foil; polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene; or A plastic film or paper surface-coated with a release agent such as a fluorine-based release agent or a long-chain alkyl acrylate release agent. Further, the coating method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, and spin coating.

另一方面,製作包含用以形成第1接著劑層50之組合物之溶液。 On the other hand, a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is prepared.

繼而,於積層有第2層51之上述基材上,將包含用以形成上述第1接著劑層50之組合物的溶液以成為特定厚度之方式塗佈於第2層51側而形成塗佈膜。其後,使該塗佈膜於特定條件下乾燥等而形成第1接著劑層50。根據以上,獲得如圖30所示之接著片5。再者,如圖31所示之接著片6亦可藉由相同之方法而製作。 Then, on the substrate on which the second layer 51 is laminated, a solution containing the composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 is applied to the second layer 51 side so as to have a specific thickness to form a coating. membrane. Thereafter, the coating film is dried under specific conditions to form the first adhesive layer 50. According to the above, the succeeding sheet 5 as shown in Fig. 30 is obtained. Further, the adhesive sheet 6 shown in Fig. 31 can also be produced by the same method.

[配線層之形成] [Formation of wiring layer]

繼而,於基座1之接著片5上形成配線層2(參照圖33)。於具有接著片之基座上形成配線層之方法可採用第1本發明之項中所說明之方法。 Then, the wiring layer 2 is formed on the bonding sheet 5 of the susceptor 1 (see FIG. 33). The method of forming the wiring layer on the susceptor having the succeeding film can employ the method described in the first aspect of the invention.

[安裝步驟、剝離步驟、切晶] [Installation step, stripping step, dicing]

繼而,對上述中所獲得之配線層2(以可自基座1剝離之方式貼附者)安裝晶片(參照圖34)。其後,進行配線層2之老化,進而,視需要對配線層2上之各晶片3實施樹脂密封(參照圖35)。再者,樹脂密封可使用片狀之密封用樹脂片材,亦可使用液狀之樹脂密封材料。其後,將經樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離(參照圖36)。再者,於未進行樹脂密封之情形時,將未進行樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。其後,視需要進行剪裁,藉此獲得於配線層2上安裝有半導體晶片3之半導體裝置4(參照圖37)。再者,於對配線層2安裝晶片(倒裝晶片連接)時,亦可於配線層2與晶片之間使用底膠填充用樹脂。底膠填充用樹脂可為片狀者,亦可為液狀者。又,上述實施形態中,對安裝晶片後實施樹脂密封之情形進行了說明,但亦可代替樹脂密封而使用於晶片上形成有先前公知之倒裝晶 片型半導體背面用膜者。上述倒裝晶片型半導體背面用膜係用以形成於倒裝晶片連接於被接著體上之晶片(半導體元件)的背面之膜,詳細情況例如於日本專利特開2011-249739號公報等中進行了揭示,故而省略此處之說明。 Then, the wafer (see FIG. 34) is mounted on the wiring layer 2 obtained as described above (attached so as to be peelable from the susceptor 1). Thereafter, the wiring layer 2 is aged, and further, each of the wafers 3 on the wiring layer 2 is resin-sealed as needed (see FIG. 35). Further, as the resin sealing, a sheet-like sealing resin sheet can be used, and a liquid resin sealing material can also be used. Thereafter, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 sealed by the resin is separated from the susceptor 1 (see FIG. 36). Further, when the resin is not sealed, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 not sealed with the resin is separated from the susceptor 1. Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 having the semiconductor wafer 3 mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by trimming as necessary (see FIG. 37). Further, when a wafer (flip-chip connection) is mounted on the wiring layer 2, a resin for filling the underlayer may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the wafer. The resin for filling the primer may be in the form of a sheet or a liquid. Further, in the above embodiment, the case where the resin is sealed after the wafer is mounted has been described. However, instead of the resin sealing, the previously known flip chip may be formed on the wafer. A film for the back side of a chip type semiconductor. The film for flip chip type semiconductor back surface is used for forming a film on a back surface of a wafer (semiconductor element) to which a flip chip is attached to a substrate, and is described in, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. The disclosure is omitted, and the description herein is omitted.

上述實施形態中,對第1接著劑層與第2層與基座為相同尺寸之情形進行了說明。然而,第3本發明中,第1接著劑層與第2層之積層態樣並不限定於該例。第3本發明之接著片例如亦可與基座接觸之側的層大於不與基座接觸之側的層。 In the above embodiment, the case where the first adhesive layer and the second layer are the same size as the susceptor has been described. However, in the third aspect of the invention, the laminated form of the first adhesive layer and the second layer is not limited to this example. In the third embodiment of the present invention, for example, the layer on the side in contact with the susceptor may be larger than the layer on the side not in contact with the susceptor.

圖38係表示於另一實施形態之接著片上形成有配線層且安裝有半導體晶片之情況之剖面模式圖。如圖38所示,接著片105具有積層有第1接著劑層150、及俯視時尺寸大於第1接著劑層150之第2層151之構成。接著片105係以第2層151與基座1接觸之態樣固定於基座1上。於接著片105之基座1之相反側,形成有配線層2。於配線層2上,安裝有半導體晶片3。配線層2係形成於第1接著劑層150上及第2層151露出之部分上。即便為此種形狀,於分離之步驟中,例如亦可於第1接著劑層150與第2層151之界面、或第2層151與基座1之界面剝離。 38 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a wiring layer is formed on a bonding sheet of another embodiment and a semiconductor wafer is mounted. As shown in FIG. 38, the succeeding sheet 105 has a structure in which a first adhesive layer 150 is laminated and a second layer 151 having a larger size than the first adhesive layer 150 in plan view. Next, the sheet 105 is fixed to the susceptor 1 in such a manner that the second layer 151 is in contact with the susceptor 1. On the opposite side of the susceptor 1 of the bonding sheet 105, a wiring layer 2 is formed. On the wiring layer 2, a semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted. The wiring layer 2 is formed on the first adhesive layer 150 and the portion where the second layer 151 is exposed. Even in such a shape, in the step of separating, for example, the interface between the first adhesive layer 150 and the second layer 151 or the interface between the second layer 151 and the susceptor 1 may be peeled off.

又,第3本發明中,例如亦可第1接著劑層與第2層之尺寸均大於基座之尺寸。圖39係表示於另一實施形態之接著片上形成有配線層且安裝有半導體晶片之情況之剖面模式圖。如圖39所示,接著片205具有第1接著劑層250與第2層251均為相同之尺寸且俯視時尺寸小於基座1之構成。接著片205係以第2層251與基座1接觸之態樣固定於基座1上。於接著片205之基座1之相反側,形成有配線層2。於配線層2上,安裝有半導體晶片3。配線層2係形成於第1接著劑層150上及基座1露出之部分上。即便為此種形狀,於分離之步驟中,例如亦可於第1接著劑層250與第2層251之界面、或第2層251與基座1之界面剝離。再者,圖39之例中,對第1接著劑層250與第2層251為相同尺寸之情形進 行了說明,第1接著劑層250之尺寸亦可小於第2層251之尺寸。於該情形時,亦可將配線層2形成於第1接著劑層250上、第2層251露出之部分上、及基座1露出之部分上。 Further, in the third aspect of the invention, for example, the size of the first adhesive layer and the second layer may be larger than the size of the susceptor. Fig. 39 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing a state in which a wiring layer is formed on a bonding sheet of another embodiment and a semiconductor wafer is mounted. As shown in FIG. 39, the succeeding sheet 205 has the same size as the first adhesive layer 250 and the second layer 251, and has a smaller size than the susceptor 1 in plan view. Next, the sheet 205 is fixed to the susceptor 1 in such a manner that the second layer 251 is in contact with the susceptor 1. On the opposite side of the susceptor 1 of the bonding sheet 205, a wiring layer 2 is formed. On the wiring layer 2, a semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted. The wiring layer 2 is formed on the first adhesive layer 150 and the exposed portion of the susceptor 1. Even in such a shape, in the step of separating, for example, the interface between the first adhesive layer 250 and the second layer 251 or the interface between the second layer 251 and the susceptor 1 may be peeled off. Furthermore, in the example of FIG. 39, the case where the first adhesive layer 250 and the second layer 251 are the same size is entered. It is to be noted that the size of the first adhesive layer 250 may also be smaller than the size of the second layer 251. In this case, the wiring layer 2 may be formed on the first adhesive layer 250, the portion where the second layer 251 is exposed, and the portion where the susceptor 1 is exposed.

圖39所示之例中,對於基座1露出之部分亦形成有配線層之情形進行了說明。然而,第3本發明中,貼附接著片後,即便於基座露出之情形時(即便於第1接著劑層與第2層之兩者之尺寸小於基座之尺寸之情形時),亦可於基座露出之部分不形成配線層而僅於接著片上形成配線層。 In the example shown in Fig. 39, the case where the wiring layer is formed also in the exposed portion of the susceptor 1 has been described. However, in the third aspect of the invention, even after the susceptor is exposed, even when the size of both the first adhesive layer and the second layer is smaller than the size of the pedestal, A wiring layer can be formed only on the succeeding film without forming a wiring layer in a portion where the pedestal is exposed.

以上,對第3本發明之實施形態進行了說明。 The embodiment of the third invention has been described above.

<第4本發明> <4th invention>

以下,關於第4本發明,對與第1本發明不同之方面進行說明。尤其是作為本第4本發明之項中所說明之以外之特性、效果,第4本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法可發揮與第1本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法相同之特性、效果。 Hereinafter, the fourth aspect of the invention will be described with respect to the first aspect of the invention. In particular, the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to the fourth aspect of the present invention can exhibit the same characteristics and effects as those of the semiconductor device manufacturing method according to the first aspect of the present invention.

第4本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且至少包括:將暫時固定用片材配置於基座上,並且於上述暫時固定用片材與基座端部之傾斜部分之間形成接著力高於上述暫時固定片材之接著劑層,而將上述暫時固定用片材固定於基座上之步驟;於固定於上述基座上之上述暫時固定用片材上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;以及上述安裝後,將上述接著劑層自上述暫時固定用片材分離,藉此將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a fourth aspect of the present invention is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, and includes at least a sheet for temporarily fixing the substrate, and the sheet for temporary fixing And forming an adhesive layer between the material and the inclined portion of the end portion of the base to form an adhesive layer higher than the temporary fixing sheet, and fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the base; and fixing on the base a step of forming a wiring on the temporary fixing sheet; a step of attaching a workpiece to the wiring; and, after the mounting, separating the adhesive layer from the temporary fixing sheet, thereby attaching the workpiece with wiring from the above The step of separating the susceptor.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第4本發明之一實施形態之各步驟進行說明。再者,第4本發明中所使用之「上表面」、「下表面」等表示上下之語句係僅用以說明層之位置關係者,對於暫時固定用片材或半導體裝置之實際之上下姿勢並無限定。再者,以下之實施形態中,對 第4本發明之工件為半導體晶片之情形進行說明,但並不限定於該例,亦可為未形成有電路之晶圓,亦可為形成有電路之晶圓,亦可為未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓。 Hereinafter, each step of the embodiment of the fourth invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, the "upper surface" and "lower surface" used in the fourth invention are used to describe the positional relationship of the layers, and the actual upper and lower postures of the temporary fixing sheet or the semiconductor device are used. There is no limit. Furthermore, in the following embodiments, In the case where the workpiece of the fourth invention is a semiconductor wafer, the invention is not limited to this example, and may be a wafer in which no circuit is formed, a wafer in which a circuit is formed, or a circuit in which no circuit is formed. The singulated wafer.

[將暫時固定用片材固定於基座上之步驟] [Step of fixing the temporarily fixing sheet to the susceptor]

圖40~圖46係用以對第4本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。圖40(a)係表示將暫時固定用片材固定於基座上之狀態之圖,圖40(b)係其部分放大圖。首先,如圖40(a)及圖40(b)所示,將暫時固定用片材5配置於基座1上,並且於暫時固定用片材5與基座端部之傾斜部分11之間形成接著力高於暫時固定片材5之接著劑層50而將暫時固定用片材5固定於基座1上。具體而言,例如可列舉如下方法:首先將暫時固定用片材5配置於基座1上,繼而於暫時固定用片材5與基座端部之傾斜部分11之間塗佈液狀接著劑組合物並進行乾燥等,藉此形成接著劑層50而將暫時固定用片材5固定於基座1上之方法。又,可列舉如下方法:於暫時固定用片材5之外周部分(與傾斜部分11對應之部分)預先設置作為片狀物之接著劑層50,於將暫時固定用片材5配置於基座1上時,將該接著劑層50貼附於基座1之傾斜部分11上,藉此將暫時固定用片材5固定於基座1上之方法。又,可列舉如下方法:於暫時固定用片材5之外周部分(與傾斜部分11對應之部分),預先塗佈(例如噴塗)液狀接著劑層形成用溶液,於將暫時固定用片材5配置於基座1上時,對應於基座1之傾斜部分11而配置該塗佈之部分,其後使其硬化而形成接著劑層50,藉此將暫時固定用片材5固定於基座1上之方法。 40 to 46 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. Fig. 40 (a) is a view showing a state in which the temporary fixing sheet is fixed to the susceptor, and Fig. 40 (b) is a partially enlarged view thereof. First, as shown in Fig. 40 (a) and Fig. 40 (b), the temporary fixing sheet 5 is placed on the susceptor 1 and between the temporary fixing sheet 5 and the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end portion. The adhesive sheet 5 having the adhesive force higher than the temporary fixing sheet 5 is formed to fix the temporary fixing sheet 5 to the susceptor 1. Specifically, for example, a method of first disposing the temporary fixing sheet 5 on the susceptor 1 and then applying a liquid adhesive between the temporary fixing sheet 5 and the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end portion is exemplified. The composition is dried, and the like, thereby forming the adhesive layer 50 to fix the temporary fixing sheet 5 to the susceptor 1. In addition, the outer peripheral portion (the portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11) of the temporary fixing sheet 5 is provided with a sheet-like adhesive layer 50 in advance, and the temporary fixing sheet 5 is placed on the pedestal. In the case of 1 on, the adhesive layer 50 is attached to the inclined portion 11 of the susceptor 1, whereby the temporary fixing sheet 5 is fixed to the susceptor 1. In addition, a method of forming a liquid adhesive layer forming solution in advance (for example, spraying) the outer peripheral portion (portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11) of the temporary fixing sheet 5 is used, and the temporary fixing sheet is used. When disposed on the susceptor 1, the coated portion is disposed corresponding to the inclined portion 11 of the susceptor 1, and then cured to form the adhesive layer 50, whereby the temporary fixing sheet 5 is fixed to the base. The method on the seat 1.

本實施形態中,如圖40(b)所示,暫時固定用片材5之端部較佳為較基座1之端部更內側且較基座1之傾斜部分之傾斜起始位置更接近外側。具體而言,若將基座1之端部與暫時固定用片材5之端部於橫向方向(暫時固定用片材之面的水平方向)之距離設為D1(參照圖40(b)),則 D1較佳為大於基座1之圓形半徑D2(參照圖40(b))之十分之一、即(D2)/10。 In the present embodiment, as shown in Fig. 40 (b), the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 5 is preferably located further inside than the end portion of the susceptor 1 and closer to the inclined starting position of the inclined portion of the susceptor 1. Outside. Specifically, the distance between the end portion of the susceptor 1 and the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 5 in the lateral direction (the horizontal direction of the surface of the temporary fixing sheet) is D1 (see FIG. 40(b)). ,then D1 is preferably larger than one tenth of the circular radius D2 of the susceptor 1 (refer to FIG. 40(b)), that is, (D2)/10.

又,D1較佳為小於D2之三分之二、即(D2)×(2/3)。若D1大於D2之十分之一,則可防止暫時固定用片材5與其他構件(例如用於搬送之卡匣)接觸並捲起。又,若D1小於D2之三分之二,則可於一定程度上確保由接著劑層50所產生之接著部分之面積,接著可靠性優異。再者,上述D2通常為0.1~0.4mm。藉由使D1大於(D2)/10,可抑制卡匣收納時等摩擦接著劑層而成為異物產生之原因之情形。 Further, D1 is preferably smaller than two-thirds of D2, that is, (D2) × (2/3). If D1 is larger than one tenth of D2, the temporary fixing sheet 5 can be prevented from coming into contact with other members (for example, a cassette for transporting) and rolled up. Further, if D1 is less than two-thirds of D2, the area of the succeeding portion generated by the adhesive layer 50 can be ensured to some extent, and then the reliability is excellent. Furthermore, the above D2 is usually 0.1 to 0.4 mm. When D1 is larger than (D2)/10, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of foreign matter by rubbing the adhesive layer during storage of the cassette.

[形成配線之步驟] [Steps for forming wiring]

繼而,於暫時固定用片材5上,以連接用導體部21於配線層2之上表面露出之方式形成具有可與半導體晶片3之電極31連接之連接用導體部21及配線26之配線層2(參照圖41)。配線層2係於暫時固定用片材5側具有用以進行與外部之電性連接之外部連接用導體部22。再者,圖41係表示連接用導體部21以凸狀於配線層2之上表面露出之情形,但第4本發明中連接用導體部只要於配線層之上表面露出即可,連接用導體部之上表面亦可與配線層之上表面為同一平面。 Then, on the temporary fixing sheet 5, a wiring layer having a connecting conductor portion 21 and a wiring 26 connectable to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor wafer 3 is formed so that the connecting conductor portion 21 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2. 2 (Refer to Figure 41). The wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor portion 22 for electrically connecting to the outside on the side of the temporary fixing sheet 5. In addition, FIG. 41 shows a case where the connection conductor portion 21 is exposed to the upper surface of the wiring layer 2 in a convex shape. However, in the fourth aspect of the invention, the connection conductor portion may be exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer, and the connection conductor may be used. The upper surface of the portion may be the same plane as the upper surface of the wiring layer.

[安裝半導體晶片之步驟] [Steps for installing a semiconductor wafer]

繼而,如圖42所示,將配線層2之連接用導體部21與半導體晶片3之電極31連接而於配線層2(配線26)上安裝半導體晶片3。圖42係省略安裝後之連接用導體部21、電極31各自之突起而表示。再者,圖42係表示於配線層2上安裝有複數個半導體晶片3之情形,但安裝於配線層上之半導體晶片之數並無特別限定,亦可為1。 Then, as shown in FIG. 42, the connection conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 is connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor wafer 3, and the semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26). Fig. 42 shows the projections of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after the mounting is omitted. In addition, FIG. 42 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor wafers 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2. However, the number of semiconductor wafers mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited and may be one.

繼而,如圖43所示,視需要以覆蓋半導體晶片3之方式利用樹脂32進行樹脂密封。用於樹脂密封之樹脂32可適當使用先前公知者等,樹脂密封方法亦可採用先前公知之方法。 Then, as shown in FIG. 43, resin sealing is performed by the resin 32 so as to cover the semiconductor wafer 3. The resin 32 for resin sealing can be suitably used by a conventionally known person or the like, and the resin sealing method can also employ a previously known method.

[自基座分離之步驟] [Steps to separate from the base]

繼而,藉由將接著劑層50自暫時固定用片材5分離而將經樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離(參照圖44)。暫時固定用片材5於基座1上之固定係主要藉由形成於基座端部之傾斜部分11之接著劑層50而進行,故而若將接著劑層50自暫時固定用片材5分離,則可藉由外力而將基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3容易地上下分離。作為將接著劑層50自暫時固定用片材5分離之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解接著劑層50而將接著劑層50自暫時固定用片材5分離之方法;於暫時固定用片材5上利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口而將接著劑層50自暫時固定用片材5分離之方法,預先使用接著力會隨著加熱而降低之材料形成接著劑層50,利用加熱降低接著力而將接著劑層50自暫時固定用片材5分離之方法等。本實施形態中,由於使接著劑層50形成於基座端部之傾斜部分11上,故而容易利用溶劑溶解接著劑層50、或利用切割機或雷射等對暫時固定用片材5物理性地切出切口而降低接著劑層50之接著力。其中,較佳為藉由以接著劑層50自暫時固定用片材5分離之方式切出切口而將附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。其原因在於,由於只要於暫時固定用片材5上切出切口即可,故而可將附有配線層2之半導體晶片3簡便地自基座1分離可能。於接著劑層50上切出切口之情形時,亦可以於配線26(參照圖41)上未切出切口之程度於配線層2上切出切口,但較佳為如圖45所示,以於配線層2上未切出切口之方式於暫時固定用片材5上切出切口。其原因在於,若以於配線層2上未切出切口之方式於暫時固定用片材5上切出切口,則可以俯視時與基座1之面積大致相同之面積獲得裝置(附有配線層2之半導體晶片3)。作為以於配線層2上未切出切口之方式於暫時固定用片材5上切出切口之方法,可列舉如下方法:如圖45所示,自斜上方向僅於暫時固定用片材5上利用切割機等刀具或雷射形成切口14之方法。又,亦可列舉如下方法:自橫向方向於接著劑層50 與暫時固定用片材5之界面利用切割機等刀具或雷射形成切口之方法。 Then, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 sealed by the resin is separated from the susceptor 1 by separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5 (see FIG. 44). The fixing of the temporary fixing sheet 5 on the susceptor 1 is mainly performed by the adhesive layer 50 formed on the inclined portion 11 of the end portion of the susceptor, so that the adhesive layer 50 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 5 Then, the susceptor 1 and the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 attached thereto can be easily separated up and down by an external force. The method of separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5 is a method of separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5 by dissolving the adhesive layer 50 in a solvent; 5, a method of physically cutting out a slit by a cutter or a laser to separate the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5, and forming an adhesive layer 50 by using a material whose adhesive force is lowered by heating in advance. A method of separating the adhesive layer 50 from the temporary fixing sheet 5 by heating to lower the adhesion force. In the present embodiment, since the adhesive layer 50 is formed on the inclined portion 11 of the end portion of the susceptor, it is easy to dissolve the adhesive layer 50 by the solvent or to physically fix the temporary fixing sheet 5 by a cutter or a laser. The slit is cut out to reduce the adhesion of the adhesive layer 50. Among these, it is preferable that the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 attached is separated from the susceptor 1 by cutting the slits so that the adhesive layer 50 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 5. This is because the slit can be cut out on the temporary fixing sheet 5, so that the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated from the susceptor 1. When the slit is cut out on the adhesive layer 50, the slit may be cut out on the wiring layer 2 to the extent that the slit 26 is not cut out on the wiring 26 (refer to FIG. 41), but it is preferably as shown in FIG. A slit is cut into the temporary fixing sheet 5 so that the slit is not cut out on the wiring layer 2. The reason for this is that when the slit is cut in the temporary fixing sheet 5 so that the slit is not cut out in the wiring layer 2, the apparatus can be obtained in the same area as the area of the susceptor 1 in plan view (with a wiring layer). 2 semiconductor wafer 3). As a method of cutting a slit in the temporary fixing sheet 5 so that the slit is not cut out in the wiring layer 2, as shown in FIG. 45, only the temporary fixing sheet 5 is obliquely upward. A method of forming the slit 14 by using a cutter or a laser such as a cutter. Moreover, the following method may also be mentioned: from the lateral direction to the adhesive layer 50 A method of forming a slit by a cutter such as a cutter or a laser at the interface with the temporary fixing sheet 5.

其後,視需要進行剪裁,藉此獲得於配線層2上安裝有半導體晶片3之半導體裝置4(參照圖46)。再者,對於將基座1剝離之配線層2,亦可實施賦予焊錫球之加工。 Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 on which the semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by trimming as necessary (see FIG. 46). Further, the wiring layer 2 from which the susceptor 1 is peeled off may be subjected to processing for imparting solder balls.

以上,對本實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法之概略進行了說明。以下,對本實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法之一例進行詳細說明。 The outline of the method of manufacturing the semiconductor device of the present embodiment has been described above. Hereinafter, an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device of the present embodiment will be described in detail.

[將暫時固定用片材固定於基座上之步驟] [Step of fixing the temporarily fixing sheet to the susceptor]

首先,準備基座1(參照圖40(a))。基座1可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 First, the susceptor 1 is prepared (see Fig. 40 (a)). The susceptor 1 can be used as described in the item of the first invention.

繼而,將暫時固定用片材5配置於基座1上,並且於暫時固定用片材5與基座端部之傾斜部分11之間形成接著力高於暫時固定片材5之接著劑層50而將暫時固定用片材5固定於基座1上(參照圖40(a)及圖40(b))。 Then, the temporary fixing sheet 5 is placed on the susceptor 1, and an adhesive layer 50 having an adhesive force higher than that of the temporary fixing sheet 5 is formed between the temporary fixing sheet 5 and the inclined portion 11 of the pedestal end portion. The temporary fixing sheet 5 is fixed to the susceptor 1 (see FIGS. 40(a) and 40(b)).

作為構成接著劑層50之接著劑組合物,只要以接著劑層50之接著力高於暫時固定片材5之方式選擇,則並無特別限定。作為構成上述接著劑層50之接著劑組合物,可列舉併用含有來自具有醯亞胺基且於至少一部分具有醚結構之二胺的構成單元之聚醯亞胺樹脂、作為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂之前驅物之聚醯胺酸、聚矽氧樹脂、熱塑性樹脂及熱固性樹脂者等。 The adhesive composition constituting the adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 50 is higher than the temporary fixing sheet 5 . The adhesive composition constituting the above-mentioned adhesive layer 50 is exemplified by a polyimine resin containing a constituent unit derived from a diamine having an oxime imine group and having at least a part of an ether structure, as the above polyimine resin. Polyacrylic acid, polyoxyxylene resin, thermoplastic resin and thermosetting resin of the former.

上述聚醯亞胺樹脂及上述聚矽氧樹脂可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 The above polyimine resin and the above polyoxyxylene resin can be used as described in the first aspect of the invention.

於接著劑層50中使用上述聚矽氧樹脂之情形時,於接著劑層50中,視需要亦可含有其他添加劑。作為此種其他添加劑,可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 In the case where the above polyoxyxylene resin is used in the adhesive layer 50, other additives may be contained in the adhesive layer 50 as needed. As such other additives, those described in the item of the first invention can be used.

作為構成暫時固定用片材5之組合物,只要以暫時固定用片材5之接著力低於接著劑層50之接著力之方式選擇,則並無特別限定。作為構成上述暫時固定用片材5之材料,可列舉Cu、Cr、Ni、Ti等無機材料。 The composition constituting the temporary fixing sheet 5 is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force of the temporary fixing sheet 5 is selected to be lower than the adhesive force of the adhesive layer 50. Examples of the material constituting the temporary fixing sheet 5 include inorganic materials such as Cu, Cr, Ni, and Ti.

又,作為構成暫時固定用片材5之組合物,亦可使用作為構成上述接著劑層50之接著劑組合物而說明之上述聚醯亞胺樹脂,亦可使用作為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂之前驅物之聚醯胺酸,亦可使用上述聚矽氧樹脂,亦可使用併用上述熱塑性樹脂與上述熱固性樹脂者。 Moreover, as the composition constituting the temporary fixing sheet 5, the above-mentioned polyimine resin which is described as an adhesive composition constituting the above-mentioned adhesive layer 50 may be used, and it may be used as the above-mentioned polyimine resin. As the polyamic acid of the precursor, the above polyoxyl resin may be used, and the above thermoplastic resin and the above thermosetting resin may be used in combination.

(暫時固定用片材之製造) (Manufacture of temporary fixing sheets)

暫時固定用片材5係例如以如下方式製作。首先,製作包含用以形成暫時固定用片材5之組合物之溶液。繼而,將上述溶液以成為特定厚度之方式塗佈於基材上而形成塗佈膜後,使該塗佈膜於特定條件下乾燥。作為上述基材,可使用:SUS304、6-4合金;鋁箔、銅箔、Ni箔等金屬箔;聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)、聚乙烯、聚丙烯;或利用氟系剝離劑、長鏈烷基丙烯酸酯系剝離劑等剝離劑進行表面塗佈之塑膠膜或紙等。又,作為塗佈方法,並無特別限定,例如可列舉輥式塗佈、網版塗佈、凹版塗佈、旋轉塗佈等。藉此,獲得本實施形態之暫時固定用片材5。 The temporary fixing sheet 5 is produced, for example, in the following manner. First, a solution containing a composition for forming the temporary fixing sheet 5 is produced. Then, the coating solution is applied onto a substrate to have a specific thickness to form a coating film, and then the coating film is dried under specific conditions. As the substrate, SUS304, 6-4 alloy, metal foil such as aluminum foil, copper foil, or Ni foil; polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene, polypropylene; or fluorine-based release agent can be used. A plastic film or paper surface-coated with a release agent such as a long-chain alkyl acrylate release agent. Further, the coating method is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include roll coating, screen coating, gravure coating, and spin coating. Thereby, the temporary fixing sheet 5 of this embodiment is obtained.

[配線層之形成] [Formation of wiring layer]

繼而,於基座1之暫時固定用片材5上形成配線層2(參照圖41)。於具有暫時固定用片材之基座上形成配線層之方法可採用第1本發明之項中所說明之方法。 Then, the wiring layer 2 is formed on the temporary fixing sheet 5 of the susceptor 1 (see FIG. 41). A method of forming a wiring layer on a susceptor having a temporary fixing sheet can be carried out by the method described in the first aspect of the invention.

[安裝步驟、剝離步驟、切晶] [Installation step, stripping step, dicing]

繼而,對上述中所獲得之配線層2(以可自基座1剝離之方式貼附者)安裝晶片(參照圖42)。其後,進行配線層2之老化,進而,視需要對配線層2上之各晶片3實施樹脂密封(參照圖43)。再者,樹脂密封可 使用片狀之密封用樹脂片材,亦可使用液狀之樹脂密封材料。其後,將經樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離(參照圖44)。再者,於未進行樹脂密封之情形時,將未進行樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。其後,視需要進行剪裁,藉此獲得於配線層2上安裝有半導體晶片3之半導體裝置4(參照圖46)。再者,於對配線層2安裝晶片(倒裝晶片連接)時,亦可於配線層2與晶片之間使用底膠填充用樹脂。底膠填充用樹脂可為片狀者,亦可為液狀者。又,上述實施形態中,對安裝晶片後實施樹脂密封之情形進行了說明,但亦可代替樹脂密封而使用於晶片上形成有先前公知之倒裝晶片型半導體背面用膜者。上述倒裝晶片型半導體背面用膜係用以形成於倒裝晶片連接於被接著體上之晶片(半導體元件)的背面之膜,詳細情況例如於日本專利特開2011-249739號公報等中進行了揭示,故而省略此處之說明。 Then, the wiring layer 2 (attached to be detachable from the susceptor 1) obtained in the above is mounted (see FIG. 42). Thereafter, the wiring layer 2 is aged, and further, each of the wafers 3 on the wiring layer 2 is resin-sealed as needed (see FIG. 43). Furthermore, the resin seal can be A liquid resin sealing material can also be used as the sheet-like sealing resin sheet. Thereafter, the resin-sealed semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the susceptor 1 (see FIG. 44). Further, when the resin is not sealed, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 not sealed with the resin is separated from the susceptor 1. Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 on which the semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by trimming as necessary (see FIG. 46). Further, when a wafer (flip-chip connection) is mounted on the wiring layer 2, a resin for filling the underlayer may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the wafer. The resin for filling the primer may be in the form of a sheet or a liquid. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the resin is sealed after the wafer is mounted has been described. However, a conventionally known film for flip chip type semiconductor back surface may be formed on the wafer instead of the resin sealing. The film for flip chip type semiconductor back surface is used for forming a film on a back surface of a wafer (semiconductor element) to which a flip chip is attached to a substrate, and is described in, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. The disclosure is omitted, and the description herein is omitted.

上述實施形態中,對接著劑層僅形成於基座之傾斜部分之情形進行了說明。然而,第4本發明中,並不限定於該例,亦可自傾斜部分進而遍及內側(基座之中央側)而形成接著劑層。 In the above embodiment, the case where the adhesive layer is formed only on the inclined portion of the susceptor has been described. However, the fourth aspect of the invention is not limited to this example, and an adhesive layer may be formed from the inclined portion and the inner side (the center side of the susceptor).

圖47係用以對另一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。於使用圖47進行說明之其他實施形態中,除將暫時固定用片材固定於基座上之步驟及自基座分離之步驟以外,與上述實施形態大致相同,因此省略其說明,以下,對將暫時固定用片材固定於基座上之步驟及自基座分離之步驟進行說明。 Fig. 47 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to another embodiment. In the other embodiment described with reference to Fig. 47, the steps of fixing the temporary fixing sheet to the susceptor and the step of separating from the susceptor are substantially the same as those of the above-described embodiment, and therefore the description thereof will be omitted. The step of fixing the temporarily fixing sheet to the susceptor and the step of separating from the pedestal will be described.

[將暫時固定用片材固定於基座上之步驟] [Step of fixing the temporarily fixing sheet to the susceptor]

如圖47所示,暫時固定用片材105係於外周部分(基座之傾斜部分及較上述傾斜部分更內側之部分)具有凹部105a。本實施形態中,首先,如圖47所示,將暫時固定用片材105配置於基座1上,並且於基座端部之傾斜部分11及凹部105a之部分形成接著力高於暫時固定片材 105之接著劑層150而將暫時固定用片材105固定於基座1上。具體而言,例如可列舉如下方法:首先將具有凹部105a之暫時固定用片材105配置於基座1上,繼而於傾斜部分11及凹部105a之部分塗佈液狀接著劑組合物並進行乾燥等,藉此形成接著劑層150而將暫時固定用片材105固定於基座1上之方法。又,可列舉如下方法:於具有凹部105a之暫時固定用片材105之與傾斜部分11對應之部分及凹部105a之部分預先設置作為片狀物之接著劑層150,於將暫時固定用片材105配置於基座1上時,以包含基座1之傾斜部分11之方式貼附該接著劑層150,藉此將暫時固定用片材105固定於基座1上之方法。又,可列舉如下方法:於暫時固定用片材105之與傾斜部分11對應之部分及凹部105a之部分預先塗佈(例如噴塗)液狀接著劑層形成用溶液,於將暫時固定用片材105配置於基座1上時,以包含基座1之傾斜部分11之方式配置該塗佈之部分,其後進行硬化而形成接著劑層150,藉此將暫時固定用片材105固定於基座1上之方法。本實施形態中,如圖47所示,暫時固定用片材105之端部與基座1之端部相一致。然而,第4本發明中,暫時固定用片材之端部並不限定於該例,於可利用接著劑層將暫時固定用片材固定於基座上之範圍內,亦可為自基座之端部特定距離(例如10mm)之內側。 As shown in Fig. 47, the temporary fixing sheet 105 has a concave portion 105a in the outer peripheral portion (the inclined portion of the base and the portion further inside than the inclined portion). In the present embodiment, first, as shown in FIG. 47, the temporary fixing sheet 105 is placed on the susceptor 1, and the portion of the inclined portion 11 and the recessed portion 105a of the pedestal end portion is formed to have a higher adhesion force than the temporary fixing piece. material The adhesive layer 105 of 105 is used to fix the temporary fixing sheet 105 to the susceptor 1. Specifically, for example, a method in which the temporary fixing sheet 105 having the concave portion 105a is placed on the susceptor 1 and then the liquid adhesive composition is applied to the inclined portion 11 and the concave portion 105a and dried is applied. The method of forming the adhesive layer 150 to fix the temporary fixing sheet 105 to the susceptor 1 is formed. Further, a method of providing a sheet for temporary fixing to a portion corresponding to the portion corresponding to the inclined portion 11 and the portion of the concave portion 105a of the temporary fixing sheet 105 having the concave portion 105a is provided in advance. When the 105 is placed on the susceptor 1, the adhesive layer 150 is attached so as to include the inclined portion 11 of the susceptor 1, thereby fixing the temporary fixing sheet 105 to the susceptor 1. In addition, a method of forming a liquid adhesive layer forming solution in advance (for example, spraying) a portion of the temporary fixing sheet 105 corresponding to the inclined portion 11 and a portion corresponding to the concave portion 105a is exemplified. When the 105 is placed on the susceptor 1, the coated portion is disposed so as to include the inclined portion 11 of the susceptor 1, and then cured to form the adhesive layer 150, whereby the temporary fixing sheet 105 is fixed to the base. The method on the seat 1. In the present embodiment, as shown in Fig. 47, the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet 105 coincides with the end portion of the susceptor 1. However, in the fourth aspect of the invention, the end portion of the temporary fixing sheet is not limited to this example, and the temporary fixing sheet may be fixed to the susceptor by the adhesive layer, or may be a self-base. The end of the end is a certain distance (for example, 10 mm).

[自基座分離之步驟] [Steps to separate from the base]

於自該基座分離之步驟中,藉由將接著劑層150自暫時固定用片材105分離而將經樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。暫時固定用片材105於基座1上之固定主要藉由自基座端部之傾斜部分11及傾斜部分11進而遍及內側所形成之接著劑層150而進行,故而若將接著劑層150自暫時固定用片材105分離,則可藉由外力而將基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3容易地上下分離。作為將接著劑層150自暫時固定用片材105分離之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解接著劑 層150而將接著劑層150自暫時固定用片材105分離之方法;於暫時固定用片材105上利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口而將接著劑層150自暫時固定用片材105分離之方法;預先使用接著力會隨著加熱而降低之材料形成接著劑層150,利用加熱降低接著力而將接著劑層150自暫時固定用片材105分離之方法等。本實施形態中,由於使接著劑層150自基座端部之傾斜部分11進而遍及內側而形成,故而較佳為如圖47所示,自半導體晶片3側切出切口165直至到達接著片105為止。此時,於樹脂32及配線層2上亦同時切出切口。又,與上述實施形態同樣,亦可以於配線層2上未切出切口之防止自斜上方向僅於暫時固定用片材105上切出切口。藉此,基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3僅經由暫時固定用片材105而相對向。其後,施加外力,藉此將基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3上下分離。此時,基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3僅經由接著力相對較低之暫時固定用片材105而相對向,故而可藉由外力而將基座1與附有配線層2之半導體晶片3容易地上下分離。作為切口之形成方法,可採用先前公知之方法等,可使用切割機等刀具或由雷射等所產生之高能量線。 In the step of separating from the susceptor, the resin-sealed semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 is separated from the susceptor 1 by separating the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105. The fixing of the temporary fixing sheet 105 on the susceptor 1 is mainly performed by the slanting portion 11 and the inclined portion 11 from the end portion of the pedestal and the adhesive layer 150 formed on the inner side, so that if the adhesive layer 150 is used When the temporary fixing sheet 105 is separated, the susceptor 1 and the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 can be easily separated up and down by an external force. As a method of separating the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105, a solvent-dissolving adhesive is used. In the layer 150, the adhesive layer 150 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 105; the temporary fixing sheet 105 is physically cut by a cutter or a laser to cut the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing. A method of separating the sheet 105; a method of forming the adhesive layer 150 by using a material whose adhesion is lowered by heating, and a method of separating the adhesive layer 150 from the temporary fixing sheet 105 by heating to lower the bonding force. In the present embodiment, since the adhesive layer 150 is formed from the inclined portion 11 of the base end portion and further inside, it is preferable to cut the slit 165 from the side of the semiconductor wafer 3 until reaching the succeeding sheet 105 as shown in Fig. 47. until. At this time, the slits are also cut out simultaneously on the resin 32 and the wiring layer 2. Further, similarly to the above-described embodiment, it is also possible to prevent the slit from being cut out from the temporary fixing sheet 105 from the obliquely upward direction without cutting the slit in the wiring layer 2. Thereby, the susceptor 1 and the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other only via the temporary fixing sheet 105. Thereafter, an external force is applied, thereby separating the susceptor 1 from the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 up and down. At this time, the susceptor 1 and the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 are opposed to each other via the temporary fixing sheet 105 having a relatively low adhesion force, so that the susceptor 1 and the wiring layer 2 can be attached by an external force. The semiconductor wafer 3 is easily separated up and down. As a method of forming the slit, a conventionally known method or the like can be employed, and a cutter such as a cutter or a high-energy line generated by a laser or the like can be used.

上述實施形態中,對如下情形進行了說明:使用於外周部分(較基座之傾斜部分及上述傾斜部分更內側之部分)具有凹部105a之暫時固定用片材105,如圖47所示,自半導體晶片3側切出切口165直至到達接著片105為止,藉此將接著劑層150自暫時固定用片材105分離之情形。然而,第4本發明並不限定於該例,亦可藉由使用於外周部分不具有凹部之暫時固定用片材(例如圖40(a)所示之暫時固定用片材5)自半導體晶片側切出切口直至到達接著片為止而將接著劑層自暫時固定用片材分離。 In the above-described embodiment, the temporary fixing sheet 105 having the concave portion 105a is used in the outer peripheral portion (the portion which is more inward than the inclined portion of the base and the inclined portion), as shown in Fig. 47, The slits 165 are cut out from the semiconductor wafer 3 side until reaching the succeeding sheet 105, whereby the adhesive layer 150 is separated from the temporary fixing sheet 105. However, the fourth invention is not limited to this example, and may be used for a temporary fixing sheet (for example, the temporary fixing sheet 5 shown in Fig. 40 (a)) having no concave portion in the outer peripheral portion. The slit was cut out sideways until the sheet was reached, and the adhesive layer was separated from the sheet for temporary fixing.

以上,對第4本發明之實施形態進行了說明。 The embodiment of the fourth invention has been described above.

<第5本發明> <5th invention>

以下,關於第5本發明,對與第1本發明不同之方面進行說明。尤其是作為本第5本發明之項中所說明之以外之特性、效果,第5本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法及接著片可發揮與第1本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法及接著片相同之特性、效果。 Hereinafter, the fifth invention will be described with respect to differences from the first invention. In particular, the manufacturing method and the bonding sheet of the semiconductor device according to the fifth aspect of the present invention are the same as the manufacturing method and the bonding sheet of the semiconductor device according to the first aspect of the invention. Characteristics and effects.

第5本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且至少包括:準備接著片之步驟:該接著片具有第1接著劑層、及以具有多個貫通孔之構造體及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架之第2層,貼附於基座上之後的上述第2層之接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之接著力;將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;以及上述安裝後將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a fifth aspect of the present invention is a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, and at least includes a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and having a plurality of through-hole structures and/or a non-woven structure as a second layer of the skeleton, and an adhesion force of the second layer after being attached to the susceptor is lower than an adhesion force of the first adhesive layer; a step of bonding the sheet to the susceptor; a step of forming a wiring on the bonding sheet after being attached to the pedestal; a step of mounting the workpiece on the wiring; and a workpiece having the wiring attached after the mounting The step of separating the susceptor.

以下,一面參照圖式一面對第5本發明之一實施形態之各步驟進行說明。再者,第5本發明中所使用之「上表面」、「下表面」等表示上下之語句係僅用以說明層之位置關係者,對於接著片或半導體裝置之實際之上下姿勢並無限定。再者,以下之實施形態中,對第5本發明之工件為半導體晶片之情形進行說明,但並不限定於該例,亦可為未形成有電路之晶圓,亦可為形成有電路之晶圓,亦可為未形成有電路之經單片化之晶圓。 Hereinafter, each step of an embodiment of the fifth invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, the "upper surface" and "lower surface" used in the fifth invention are used to indicate the positional relationship of the layers, and the actual upper and lower postures of the adhesive sheet or the semiconductor device are not limited. . Furthermore, in the following embodiments, the case where the workpiece of the fifth invention is a semiconductor wafer will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to this example, and may be a wafer in which no circuit is formed, or may be formed with a circuit. The wafer may also be a singulated wafer that is not formed with a circuit.

[準備接著片之步驟] [Steps to prepare the next film]

首先,準備接著片,該接著片具有第1接著劑層、及以具有多個貫通孔之構造體及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架之第2層,且貼附於基座上之後的上述第2層之接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之接著力。 First, an adhesive sheet having a first adhesive layer and a second layer having a plurality of through-hole structures and/or a nonwoven fabric-like structure as a skeleton and attached to the susceptor The adhesion of the second layer is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer.

此處,對本實施形態之接著片進行說明。 Here, the succeeding film of this embodiment will be described.

[第1實施形態] [First Embodiment]

圖48係表示第5本發明之第1實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。 如圖48所示,接著片5係周邊部54由第1接著劑層50形成,且較周邊部54更內側之中央部53由第1接著劑層50與以具有多個貫通孔之構造體及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架之第2層51的積層形成。即,接著片5具有第2層51、及以覆蓋第2層51之上表面及側面之態樣積層於第2層51上之第1接著劑層50。第2層51之接著力低於第1接著劑層50之接著力。再者,接著片5係於貼合於基座上之步驟中以第2層51露出之側的面作為貼合面而貼合於基座上。 Fig. 48 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of the first embodiment of the fifth invention. As shown in FIG. 48, the succeeding sheet 5 is formed by the first adhesive layer 50, and the central portion 53 further inside the peripheral portion 54 is composed of the first adhesive layer 50 and a structure having a plurality of through holes. And/or a non-woven fabric structure is formed as a laminate of the second layer 51 of the skeleton. That is, the succeeding sheet 5 has the second layer 51 and the first adhesive layer 50 laminated on the second layer 51 in a state of covering the upper surface and the side surface of the second layer 51. The adhesion of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50. Further, in the step of bonding the bonding sheet 5 to the susceptor, the surface on the side where the second layer 51 is exposed is bonded to the susceptor as a bonding surface.

接著片5由於接著力高於第2層51之第1接著劑層50存在於周邊部,故而可將該部分牢固地貼合於基座及配線上。又,不僅具有第1接著劑層50,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層之第2層,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,若降低第1接著劑層50之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之半導體晶片較容易地上下分離。 In the subsequent sheet 5, since the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesion force than the second layer 51 is present in the peripheral portion, the portion can be firmly bonded to the susceptor and the wiring. Moreover, not only the first adhesive layer 50 but also the second layer having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer can be used. Therefore, when the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 is lowered in the step of separation described later, The susceptor and the semiconductor wafer with wiring are easily separated up and down by an external force.

又,接著片5可利用僅第1接著劑層50露出之面更牢固地固定形成於接著片50上之配線。又,藉由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層而形成中央部53。因此,與僅由第1接著劑層50所形成之周邊部54相比,藉由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層而形成之中央部53的接著力相對較低。因此,若至少降低周邊部54之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之半導體晶片較容易地上下分離。又,第2層51亦與基座接觸,故而分離之步驟後,容易將該接著片5自基座剝離。因此,容易回收基座。又,使第1接著劑層50形成於接著片5之周邊部54上,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,容易利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層50、或利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口而降低第1接著劑層50之接著力。 Moreover, the succeeding sheet 5 can securely fix the wiring formed on the adhesive sheet 50 by the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed. Further, the central portion 53 is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, the adhesion force of the central portion 53 formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 is relatively lower than that of the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Therefore, if at least the adhesion of the peripheral portion 54 is lowered, the susceptor and the wiring-attached semiconductor wafer can be easily separated up and down by an external force. Further, since the second layer 51 is also in contact with the susceptor, the step 5 is easily peeled off from the susceptor after the step of separating. Therefore, the susceptor is easily recovered. Further, since the first adhesive layer 50 is formed on the peripheral portion 54 of the adhesive sheet 5, it is easy to dissolve the first adhesive layer 50 by a solvent or use a physical property such as a cutter or a laser in the step of separation described later. The slit is cut out to lower the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50.

接著片5之厚度並無特別限定,例如為10μm以上,較佳為50μm以上。若為10μm以上,則可追隨於基座表面或配線表面之凹凸,可無間隙地填充接著片。又,接著片5之厚度例如為500μm以下,較佳 為300μm以下。若為500μm以下,則可抑制或防止厚度之不均或加熱時之收縮‧膨脹。 The thickness of the sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 10 μm or more, and preferably 50 μm or more. When it is 10 μm or more, the unevenness of the surface of the susceptor or the surface of the wiring can be followed, and the adhesive sheet can be filled without any gap. Further, the thickness of the succeeding sheet 5 is, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably. It is 300 μm or less. When it is 500 μm or less, uneven thickness or shrinkage during heating can be suppressed or prevented.

中央部53之第1接著劑層50之厚度可適當設定,較佳為0.1μm以上,更佳為0.5μm以上,進而較佳為1μm以上。又,該厚度較佳為300μm以下,更佳為200μm以下。又,中央部53之第2層51之厚度可適當設定。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 50 of the central portion 53 can be appropriately set, and is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and still more preferably 1 μm or more. Further, the thickness is preferably 300 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less. Further, the thickness of the second layer 51 of the central portion 53 can be appropriately set.

圖49係圖48所示之接著片之俯視圖。如圖49所示,接著片5於俯視時之形狀為圓形。接著片5之直徑並無特別限定。例如,相對於基座之直徑,接著片5之直徑較佳為+1.0~-1.0mm。 Figure 49 is a plan view of the adhesive sheet shown in Figure 48. As shown in Fig. 49, the shape of the succeeding sheet 5 in a plan view is circular. The diameter of the sheet 5 is not particularly limited. For example, the diameter of the sheet 5 is preferably +1.0 to -1.0 mm with respect to the diameter of the susceptor.

又,於俯視接著片5時,第2層51之形狀為圓形。相對於俯視接著片5時之接著片5之面積,俯視接著片5時之第2層51之面積較佳為10%以上,更佳為20%以上,進而較佳為50%以上。若為10%以上,則容易切割形成於周邊部54上之第1接著劑層50、或者降低接著力,且容易將基座自附有配線之半導體晶片分離。又,第2層51之面積較佳為99.95%以下,更佳為99.9%以下。若為99.95%以下,則可將附有配線之半導體晶片牢固地固定於基座上。 Further, when the succeeding sheet 5 is viewed in plan, the shape of the second layer 51 is circular. The area of the second layer 51 in the plan view of the sheet 5 is preferably 10% or more, more preferably 20% or more, and still more preferably 50% or more with respect to the area of the sheet 5 when the sheet 5 is viewed from above. When it is 10% or more, it is easy to cut the first adhesive layer 50 formed on the peripheral portion 54, or to lower the adhesion, and it is easy to separate the susceptor from the semiconductor wafer to which the wiring is attached. Further, the area of the second layer 51 is preferably 99.95% or less, more preferably 99.9% or less. If it is 99.95% or less, the semiconductor wafer with wiring can be firmly fixed to the susceptor.

關於第1接著劑層50之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為0.30N/20mm以上,更佳為0.40N/20mm以上。若為0.30N/20mm以上,則可將基座與接著片5更牢固地固定。又,該90°撕除剝離力之上限並無特別限定,越大越好,例如為30N/20mm以下,較佳為20N/20mm以下。 The 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer under the conditions of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min, is preferably 0.30 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.40N/20mm or more. If it is 0.30 N/20 mm or more, the susceptor and the adhesive sheet 5 can be fixed more firmly. Further, the upper limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is not particularly limited, and the larger the better, for example, 30 N/20 mm or less, preferably 20 N/20 mm or less.

作為構成第1接著劑層50之接著劑組合物,並無特別限定,可較佳地使用含有來自具有醯亞胺基且於至少一部分具有醚結構之二胺的構成單元之聚醯亞胺樹脂。又,亦可較佳地使用聚矽氧樹脂。其中,就耐熱性、抗藥性、糊劑殘留性之方面而言,較佳為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 is not particularly limited, and a polyimine resin containing a constituent unit derived from a diamine having an oxime imine group and having at least a part of an ether structure can be preferably used. . Further, a polyoxynoxy resin can also be preferably used. Among them, the above-mentioned polyimine resin is preferred in terms of heat resistance, drug resistance, and paste residue.

上述聚醯亞胺樹脂及上述聚矽氧樹脂可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 The above polyimine resin and the above polyoxyxylene resin can be used as described in the first aspect of the invention.

構成第1接著劑層50之接著劑組合物亦可含有其他添加劑。作為此種其他添加劑,可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 The adhesive composition constituting the first adhesive layer 50 may also contain other additives. As such other additives, those described in the item of the first invention can be used.

第2層51係將具有多個貫通孔56之構造體57及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架。圖50係表示具有多個貫通孔之構造體之一例之俯視圖。如圖50所示,貫通孔56於構造體57之厚度方向(亦可稱為接著片5之厚度方向)貫通。 The second layer 51 has a structure 57 having a plurality of through holes 56 and/or a non-woven structure as a skeleton. Fig. 50 is a plan view showing an example of a structure having a plurality of through holes. As shown in FIG. 50, the through hole 56 penetrates in the thickness direction of the structure 57 (may also be referred to as the thickness direction of the back sheet 5).

藉由調整具有多個貫通孔56之構造體57之開孔率,可調整第2層51之接著力。具體而言,於利用下述接著劑組合物填充貫通孔56之情形時,可藉由增大開孔率而提高接著力,可藉由減小開口率而降低接著力。 The adhesion of the second layer 51 can be adjusted by adjusting the opening ratio of the structure 57 having the plurality of through holes 56. Specifically, when the through hole 56 is filled by the following adhesive composition, the adhesion can be increased by increasing the opening ratio, and the adhesion can be reduced by reducing the aperture ratio.

構造體57之開孔率較佳為5%以上,更佳為8%以上,進而較佳為10%以上。若為5%以上,則填充於貫通孔56中之接著劑組合物到達至被接著體,可調整第2層51之接著力。 The opening ratio of the structure 57 is preferably 5% or more, more preferably 8% or more, still more preferably 10% or more. When it is 5% or more, the adhesive composition filled in the through-hole 56 reaches the to-be-attached body, and the adhesive force of the 2nd layer 51 can be adjusted.

又,開孔率較佳為98%以下,更佳為95%以下,進而較佳為90%以下。若為98%以下,則即便於將與第1接著劑層50相同之接著劑組合物填充於貫通孔56中之情形時,亦可與第1接著劑層50相比降低第2層51之接著力。 Further, the opening ratio is preferably 98% or less, more preferably 95% or less, still more preferably 90% or less. When it is 98% or less, even when the same adhesive composition as the first adhesive layer 50 is filled in the through hole 56, the second layer 51 can be lowered as compared with the first adhesive layer 50. Then force.

構造體57中,貫通孔56之形狀(俯視接著片5時之貫通孔56之形狀)並無特別限定,例如可列舉圓形、楕圓形、多角形等。貫通孔56之形狀可全部相同,亦可不同。 In the structure 57, the shape of the through hole 56 (the shape of the through hole 56 when the sheet 5 is viewed in plan view) is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a circular shape, a circular shape, and a polygonal shape. The shapes of the through holes 56 may all be the same or different.

俯視接著片5時,一個貫通孔56之大小(面積)較佳為70μm2以上,更佳為100μm2以上。又,較佳為20mm2以下,更佳為7mm2以下。再者,貫通孔56之大小可全部相同,亦可不同。 When the sheet 5 is viewed in plan, the size (area) of one through hole 56 is preferably 70 μm 2 or more, and more preferably 100 μm 2 or more. Further, it is preferably 20 mm 2 or less, more preferably 7 mm 2 or less. Furthermore, the size of the through holes 56 may be the same or different.

具有多個貫通孔56之構造體57及不織布狀構造體之材料並無特 別限定。例如可列舉:低密度聚乙烯、直鏈狀聚乙烯、中密度聚乙烯、高密度聚乙烯、超低密度聚乙烯、無規共聚聚丙烯、嵌段共聚聚丙烯、均聚丙烯、聚丁烯、聚甲基戊烯等聚烯烴;乙烯-乙酸乙烯酯共聚物、離子聚合物樹脂、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸共聚物、乙烯-(甲基)丙烯酸酯(無規、交替)共聚物、乙烯-丁烯共聚物、乙烯-己烯共聚物、聚胺基甲酸酯、聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯、聚萘二甲酸乙二酯等聚酯;聚碳酸酯、聚醯亞胺、聚醚醚酮、聚醯亞胺樹脂、聚醚醯亞胺、聚醯胺、全芳香族聚醯胺、聚苯硫醚、芳族聚醯胺(紙)、玻璃、玻璃布、氟樹脂、聚氯乙烯、聚偏二氯乙烯、纖維素系樹脂、聚矽氧樹脂、紙等。又,可列舉鐵、銅、鎳、鎢、鋁、金、銀、銅、黃銅、紅黃銅、磷青銅、鎳鉻合金、鎳銅合金、青銅、不鏽鋼(SUS)等金屬材料。該等可單獨使用,亦可併用2種以上。其中,於為具有多個貫通孔56之構造體57之情形時,就耐熱性之方面而言,較佳為金屬材料、上述聚醯亞胺樹脂、上述聚矽氧樹脂,更佳為SUS、鋁。於為不織布狀構造體之情形時,就耐熱性、污染性之方面而言,較佳為上述聚醯亞胺樹脂、上述聚矽氧樹脂、金屬材料。 The structure 57 having the plurality of through holes 56 and the material of the non-woven structure are not particularly Do not limit. For example, low density polyethylene, linear polyethylene, medium density polyethylene, high density polyethylene, ultra low density polyethylene, random copolymer polypropylene, block copolymer polypropylene, homopolypropylene, polybutene Polyolefin such as polymethylpentene; ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ionic polymer resin, ethylene-(meth)acrylic acid copolymer, ethylene-(meth)acrylate (random, alternating) copolymer, Polyesters such as ethylene-butene copolymer, ethylene-hexene copolymer, polyurethane, polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate; polycarbonate, polyimine, Polyetheretherketone, polyimide resin, polyetherimide, polyamine, wholly aromatic polyamine, polyphenylene sulfide, aromatic polyamine (paper), glass, glass cloth, fluororesin, Polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, cellulose resin, polyoxyxylene resin, paper, and the like. Further, metal materials such as iron, copper, nickel, tungsten, aluminum, gold, silver, copper, brass, red brass, phosphor bronze, nickel-chromium alloy, nickel-copper alloy, bronze, and stainless steel (SUS) may be mentioned. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more. In the case of the structure 57 having a plurality of through holes 56, in terms of heat resistance, a metal material, the above polyimine resin, and the above polyoxyxylene resin are more preferable, and SUS is preferable. aluminum. In the case of a non-woven fabric structure, the polyimine resin, the polyfluorene oxide resin, and the metal material are preferable in terms of heat resistance and contamination.

具有多個貫通孔56之構造體57及不織布狀構造體之接著力越低越好。例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下,進而較佳為0.10N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可容易地剝離第2層51。該90°撕除剝離力之下限例如為0N/20mm以上,為0.001N/20mm以上。 The lower the adhesion force between the structure 57 having the plurality of through holes 56 and the nonwoven fabric structure, the better. For example, the 90° peeling peeling force for the silicon wafer under the conditions of a temperature of 23±2° C. and a peeling speed of 300 mm/min is preferably less than 0.30 N/20 mm, more preferably 0.20 N/20 mm or less, and further preferably 0.10N/20mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled off. The lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is, for example, 0 N/20 mm or more and 0.001 N/20 mm or more.

再者,於具有多個貫通孔56之構造體57及不織布狀構造體為藉由進行醯亞胺化或熱硬化等而接著者之情形時,上述90°撕除剝離力係指固定於矽晶圓上之狀態(例如醯亞胺化後或熱硬化後)之90°撕除剝離力。具體而言,可利用實施例中所記載之方法進行測定。 In addition, when the structure 57 and the nonwoven fabric structure having the plurality of through holes 56 are followed by yttrium imidation or heat curing, the 90° peeling peeling force is fixed to the crucible. The peeling force is peeled off at 90° on the wafer (for example, after yttrium or after thermal hardening). Specifically, the measurement can be carried out by the method described in the examples.

貫通孔56及不織布狀構造體之多個孔可藉由接著劑組合物進行填充,亦可不填充。就藉由控制構造體57之開口率或不織布狀構造體之密度等而容易地形成低接著力之第2層之方面而言,較佳為進行填充。 The through holes 56 and the plurality of holes of the nonwoven fabric structure may be filled with the adhesive composition or may not be filled. It is preferable to perform filling in terms of easily controlling the second layer having a low adhesion force by controlling the aperture ratio of the structure 57 or the density of the non-woven structure.

作為填充貫通孔56或不織布之多個孔之接著劑組合物,並無特別限定,例如可列舉上述聚醯亞胺樹脂、上述聚矽氧樹脂等。 The adhesive composition for filling the through holes 56 or the plurality of holes of the nonwoven fabric is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include the above-mentioned polyimine resin and the above-mentioned polyoxymethylene resin.

第2層51之接著力低於第1接著劑層50之接著力。關於第2層51之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可容易地剝離第2層51。該90°撕除剝離力之下限越低越好,但較佳為0N/20mm以上,更佳為0.001N/20mm以上,進而較佳為0.01N/20mm以上,尤佳為0.10N/20mm以上。 The adhesion of the second layer 51 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50. Regarding the adhesion force of the second layer 51, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min, the 90° peeling peeling force for the tantalum wafer is preferably less than 0.30 N/20 mm, more preferably 0.20. N/20mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, the second layer 51 can be easily peeled off. The lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is preferably as low as possible, but is preferably 0 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more, further preferably 0.01 N/20 mm or more, and particularly preferably 0.10 N/20 mm or more. .

第2層51之接著力可根據構造體57之開口率或不織布狀構造體之密度、填充於貫通孔56或不織布之多個孔中之接著劑組合物之種類、構造體57之材料等而加以調整。 The adhesion of the second layer 51 can be based on the aperture ratio of the structure 57 or the density of the non-woven structure, the type of the adhesive composition filled in the through holes 56 or the plurality of holes of the nonwoven fabric, the material of the structure 57, and the like. Adjust it.

接著片5之製造方法並無特別限定。例如可藉由如下方式製造:於具有多個貫通孔56之構造體57及其周圍(構造體57之周圍之區域)塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層50之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充貫通孔56並且於構造體57上及構造體57之周圍形成塗佈層。該方法中,構造體57之周圍所形成之塗佈層成為周邊部54之第1接著劑層50。 The method of manufacturing the sheet 5 is not particularly limited. For example, it can be manufactured by coating a structure including a plurality of through holes 56 and a periphery thereof (a region around the structure 57) with a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50, using The solution fills the through hole 56 and forms a coating layer on the structure 57 and around the structure 57. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure 57 becomes the first adhesive layer 50 of the peripheral portion 54.

再者,於第2層51以不織布狀構造體作為骨架之情形時,可藉由如下方式製造:於不織布狀構造體及其周圍塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層50之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充不織布狀構造體之多個孔並且於構造體上及構造體之周圍形成塗佈層。該方法中,構造體之 周圍所形成之塗佈層成為周邊部54之第1接著劑層50。 In the case where the second layer 51 has a nonwoven fabric structure as a skeleton, it can be produced by applying a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 50 to the nonwoven fabric structure and the periphery thereof. The solution fills a plurality of pores of the nonwoven fabric structure with the above solution and forms a coating layer on the structure and around the structure. In this method, the structure The coating layer formed around the periphery becomes the first adhesive layer 50 of the peripheral portion 54.

塗佈之溶液之黏度可適當設定。塗佈量只要適當設定即可。 The viscosity of the applied solution can be appropriately set. The coating amount may be appropriately set.

[第2實施形態] [Second Embodiment]

第5本發明之接著片並不限定於接著片5之形狀。圖51係表示第5本發明之第2實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。圖52係圖51所示之接著片之俯視圖。如圖51、圖52所示,接著片6係周邊部64由第1接著劑層60形成,且較周邊部64更內側之中央部63由以具有多個貫通孔66之構造體作為骨架之第2層61形成。第2層61之接著力低於第1接著劑層60之接著力。 The adhesive sheet of the fifth invention is not limited to the shape of the adhesive sheet 5. Figure 51 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of a second embodiment of the fifth invention. Figure 52 is a plan view of the film shown in Figure 51. As shown in FIGS. 51 and 52, the succeeding sheet 6 is formed by the first adhesive layer 60, and the central portion 63 which is further inside than the peripheral portion 64 is formed by a structure having a plurality of through holes 66. The second layer 61 is formed. The adhesion of the second layer 61 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60.

再者,第2層61亦可為以不織布狀構造體作為骨架者。 Further, the second layer 61 may be a non-woven fabric structure as a skeleton.

接著片6由於藉由第2層61而形成中央部63,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,若降低存在於周邊部64上之第1接著劑層60之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之半導體晶片較容易地上下分離。 In the subsequent sheet 6, since the center portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, if the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 60 existing on the peripheral portion 64 is lowered in the step of separation described later, external force can be used. The susceptor and the semiconductor wafer with wiring are easily separated up and down.

又,藉由第2層61而形成中央部63,第2層61亦與基座接觸,故而分離之步驟後,容易將該接著片6自基座剝離。因此,容易回收基座。又,使第1接著劑層60形成於接著片6之周邊部64上,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,容易利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層60、或利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口而降低第1接著劑層60之接著力。 Further, since the center portion 63 is formed by the second layer 61, and the second layer 61 is also in contact with the susceptor, the step 6 is separated from the susceptor after the separation step. Therefore, the susceptor is easily recovered. Further, since the first adhesive layer 60 is formed on the peripheral portion 64 of the adhesive sheet 6, it is easy to dissolve the first adhesive layer 60 by a solvent or to use a physical property such as a cutter or a laser in the step of separation described later. The slit is cut to reduce the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 60.

接著片6之厚度並無特別限定,例如可列舉第1實施形態之接著片5中所例示者。 The thickness of the sheet 6 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the sheet 5 of the first embodiment.

如圖52所示,接著片6於俯視時之形狀為圓形。接著片6之直徑並無特別限定,例如可列舉第1實施形態之接著片5中所例示者。又,俯視接著片6時之第2層61之面積並無特別限定,例如可列舉第1實施形態之接著片5中所例示者。 As shown in Fig. 52, the shape of the succeeding sheet 6 in a plan view is circular. The diameter of the sheet 6 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the sheet 5 of the first embodiment. Moreover, the area of the second layer 61 when the sheet 6 is viewed in plan is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include those exemplified in the sheet 5 of the first embodiment.

作為第1接著劑層60之接著力,可列舉第1接著劑層50中所例示者。第1接著劑層60之說明係與第1接著劑層50之內容相同。 The adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 60 is exemplified as the first adhesive layer 50. The description of the first adhesive layer 60 is the same as that of the first adhesive layer 50.

作為第2層61之接著力,可列舉第2層51中所例示者。第2層61之說明係與第2層51之內容相同。 The adhesive force of the second layer 61 is exemplified as the second layer 51. The description of the second layer 61 is the same as that of the second layer 51.

接著片6之製造方法並無特別限定。例如可藉由如下方式製造:於具有多個貫通孔66之構造體及其周圍(構造體之周圍之區域)塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層60之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充貫通孔66並且於構造體之周圍形成塗佈層。該方法中,構造體之周圍所形成之塗佈層成為周邊部64之第1接著劑層60。 The method of manufacturing the sheet 6 is not particularly limited. For example, it can be manufactured by coating a structure including a plurality of through holes 66 and its surroundings (a region around the structure) with a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60, using the above solution. The through hole 66 is filled and a coating layer is formed around the structure. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure becomes the first adhesive layer 60 of the peripheral portion 64.

再者,於第2層61以不織布狀構造體作為骨架之情形時,可藉由如下方式而製造:於不織布狀構造體及其周圍塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層60之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充不織布狀構造體之多個孔並且於構造體之周圍形成塗佈層。該方法中,構造體之周圍所形成之塗佈層成為周邊部64之第1接著劑層60。 In the case where the second layer 61 has a nonwoven fabric structure as a skeleton, it can be produced by applying a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 60 to the nonwoven fabric structure and the periphery thereof. The solution is filled with a plurality of pores of the nonwoven fabric structure using the above solution and a coating layer is formed around the structure. In this method, the coating layer formed around the structure becomes the first adhesive layer 60 of the peripheral portion 64.

塗佈之溶液之黏度可適當設定。塗佈量只要適當設定即可。 The viscosity of the applied solution can be appropriately set. The coating amount may be appropriately set.

[第3實施形態] [Third embodiment]

第5本發明之接著片並不限定於接著片5、6之形狀。圖53係表示第5本發明之第3實施形態之接著片之剖面模式圖。如圖53所示,藉由第1接著劑層70與以具有多個貫通孔之構造體及/或不織布狀構造體作為骨架之第2層71的積層而形成接著片7。第2層71之接著力低於第1接著劑層70之接著力。 The succeeding film of the fifth invention is not limited to the shape of the succeeding sheets 5 and 6. Figure 53 is a cross-sectional schematic view showing a sheet of a third embodiment of the fifth invention. As shown in FIG. 53, the adhesive sheet 7 is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 70 and the second layer 71 having a plurality of through-hole structures and/or a nonwoven structure as a skeleton. The adhesion of the second layer 71 is lower than the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 70.

接著片7由於存在第1接著劑層70,故而於形成配線之步驟或安裝工件之步驟等中,可預先將配線等固定於基座上。又,不僅具有第1接著劑層70,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層70之第2層71,故而於分離之步驟中,可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線之工件容易地上下分離。又,接著片7由於以第2層71作為貼合面而貼合於基座上,故而於第1接著劑層70上形成有配線。因此,於形成配線之步驟或安裝工件之步驟等中,可預先將配線等更牢固地固定於基座上。 In the subsequent sheet 7, since the first adhesive layer 70 is present, wiring or the like can be fixed to the susceptor in advance in the step of forming wiring or the step of mounting the workpiece. Further, not only the first adhesive layer 70 but also the second layer 71 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 70 is provided, so that the susceptor and the wiring-attached workpiece can be externally pressed in the separating step. Easily separate up and down. Further, since the succeeding sheet 7 is bonded to the susceptor by using the second layer 71 as a bonding surface, wiring is formed on the first adhesive layer 70. Therefore, in the step of forming the wiring or the step of mounting the workpiece, the wiring or the like can be fixed to the susceptor more firmly in advance.

第1接著劑層70之厚度並無特別限定,例如為10μm以上,較佳為50μm以上。若為10μm以上,則可追隨基座表面或配線表面之凹凸,可無間隙地填充接著片7。又,第1接著劑層70之厚度例如為500μm以下,較佳為300μm以下。若為500μm以下,則可抑制或防止厚度之不均或加熱時之收縮‧膨脹。 The thickness of the first adhesive layer 70 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 10 μm or more, and preferably 50 μm or more. When it is 10 μm or more, the unevenness of the surface of the susceptor or the surface of the wiring can be followed, and the adhesive sheet 7 can be filled without any gap. Further, the thickness of the first adhesive layer 70 is, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less. When it is 500 μm or less, uneven thickness or shrinkage during heating can be suppressed or prevented.

第2層71之厚度並無特別限定,例如為1μm以上,較佳為5μm以上。若為1μm以上,則可追隨基座表面或配線表面之凹凸,可無間隙地填充接著片7。又,第2層71之厚度例如為500μm以下,較佳為300μm以下。若為500μm以下,則可抑制或防止厚度之不均或加熱時之收縮‧膨脹。 The thickness of the second layer 71 is not particularly limited, and is, for example, 1 μm or more, and preferably 5 μm or more. When it is 1 μm or more, the unevenness of the surface of the susceptor or the surface of the wiring can be followed, and the adhesive sheet 7 can be filled without a gap. Further, the thickness of the second layer 71 is, for example, 500 μm or less, preferably 300 μm or less. When it is 500 μm or less, uneven thickness or shrinkage during heating can be suppressed or prevented.

再者,俯視接著片7時之形狀並無特別限定,通常為圓形。 Further, the shape when the sheet 7 is viewed in plan is not particularly limited, and is generally circular.

作為第1接著劑層70之接著力,可列舉第1接著劑層50中所例示者。第1接著劑層70之說明係與第1接著劑層50之內容相同。 The adhesive force of the first adhesive layer 70 is exemplified as the first adhesive layer 50. The description of the first adhesive layer 70 is the same as that of the first adhesive layer 50.

關於第2層71之接著力,例如溫度23±2℃、剝離速度300mm/min之條件下之對於矽晶圓之90°撕除剝離力較佳為未達0.30N/20mm,更佳為0.20N/20mm以下。若未達0.30N/20mm,則可將基座自半導體晶圓容易地分離。另一方面,該90°撕除剝離力之下限較佳為0.001N/20mm以上,更佳為0.005N/20mm以上,進而較佳為0.010N/20mm以上。若為0.001N/20mm以上,則可將半導體晶圓良好地固定於基座上,可良好地進行背面研磨等。 Regarding the adhesion force of the second layer 71, for example, the temperature of 23±2° C. and the peeling speed of 300 mm/min, the 90° peeling peeling force for the silicon wafer is preferably less than 0.30 N/20 mm, more preferably 0.20. N/20mm or less. If it is less than 0.30 N/20 mm, the susceptor can be easily separated from the semiconductor wafer. On the other hand, the lower limit of the 90° peeling peeling force is preferably 0.001 N/20 mm or more, more preferably 0.005 N/20 mm or more, still more preferably 0.010 N/20 mm or more. When it is 0.001 N/20 mm or more, the semiconductor wafer can be favorably fixed to the susceptor, and back surface polishing or the like can be satisfactorily performed.

第2層71之說明係與第2層51之內容相同。 The description of the second layer 71 is the same as that of the second layer 51.

接著片7之製造方法並無特別限定。例如可藉由如下方式製造:於具有多個貫通孔之構造體上塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層70之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充貫通孔並且於構造體上形成塗佈層。 The method of manufacturing the sheet 7 is not particularly limited. For example, it can be manufactured by applying a solution containing a composition for forming the first adhesive layer 70 to a structure having a plurality of through holes, filling the through holes with the above solution, and forming a coating on the structure. Floor.

再者,於第2層71以不織布狀構造體作為骨架之情形時,可藉由如下方式製造:於不織布狀構造體上塗佈包含用以形成第1接著劑層 70之組合物之溶液,利用上述溶液填充不織布狀構造體之多個孔並且於構造體上形成塗佈層。 Further, when the second layer 71 has a non-woven fabric structure as a skeleton, it can be produced by coating a non-woven fabric structure to form a first adhesive layer. A solution of the composition of 70 is filled with a plurality of pores of the nonwoven fabric structure using the above solution and a coating layer is formed on the structure.

塗佈之溶液之黏度可適當設定。塗佈量只要適當設定即可。 The viscosity of the applied solution can be appropriately set. The coating amount may be appropriately set.

以上之說明中,對俯視時之形狀為圓形之接著片5~7進行了說明。但是,該形狀並無特別限定,亦可為多角形、楕圓形等其他形狀。 In the above description, the back sheets 5 to 7 having a circular shape in plan view have been described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be other shapes such as a polygonal shape or a circular shape.

又,對俯視時第2層51、61、71之形狀為圓形之接著片5~7進行了說明。但是,該形狀並無特別限定,亦可為多角形、楕圓形等其他形狀。 Moreover, the back sheets 5 to 7 in which the shapes of the second layers 51, 61, and 71 are circular in plan view have been described. However, the shape is not particularly limited, and may be other shapes such as a polygonal shape or a circular shape.

[貼合於基座上之步驟] [Steps to fit on the base]

以下之說明中,對使用圖48所示之接著片5之情形進行說明。圖54~圖59係用以對第5本發明之一實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法的概略進行說明之剖面模式圖。於準備接著片5步驟後,以接著片5之下表面作為貼合面而將準備之接著片5貼合於基座1上(參照圖54)。貼合方法並無特別限定,較佳為利用壓接之方法。壓接通常係一面利用壓接輥等擠壓機構進行擠壓一面進行。作為壓接條件,較佳為20℃~150℃、0.01MPa~10MPa、1mm/sec~100mm/sec。如上所述,接著片5由於接著力高於第2層51之第1接著劑層50於下表面露出,故而可牢固地貼合於基座1上。 In the following description, the case where the back sheet 5 shown in Fig. 48 is used will be described. 54 to 59 are schematic cross-sectional views for explaining the outline of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to an embodiment of the present invention. After the preparation of the next sheet 5 step, the prepared back sheet 5 is bonded to the susceptor 1 with the lower surface of the succeeding sheet 5 as a bonding surface (see FIG. 54). The bonding method is not particularly limited, and a method using pressure bonding is preferred. The crimping is usually performed while being pressed by a pressing mechanism such as a pressure roller. The pressure bonding conditions are preferably 20 ° C to 150 ° C, 0.01 MPa to 10 MPa, and 1 mm / sec to 100 mm / sec. As described above, since the adhesive sheet 5 is exposed on the lower surface of the first adhesive layer 50 having a higher adhesive force than the second layer 51, it can be firmly bonded to the susceptor 1.

[形成配線之步驟] [Steps for forming wiring]

繼而,於接著片5上,以連接用導體部21於配線層2之上表面露出之方式形成具有可與半導體晶片3之電極31連接之連接用導體部21及配線26的配線層2(參照圖55)。配線層2係於接著片5側具有用以進行與外部之電性連接之外部連接用導體部22。再者,圖55係表示連接用導體部21以凸狀於配線層2之上表面露出之情形,但第5本發明中連接用導體部只要於配線層之上表面露出即可,連接用導體部之上表面 亦可與配線層之上表面為同一平面。接著片5由於僅第1接著劑層50於上表面露出,故而可更牢固地固定形成於接著片50上之配線層。 Then, on the bonding sheet 5, the wiring layer 2 having the connection conductor portion 21 and the wiring 26 that can be connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor wafer 3 is formed so that the connection conductor portion 21 is exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer 2 (refer to Figure 55). The wiring layer 2 has an external connection conductor portion 22 for electrically connecting to the outside on the side of the back sheet 5. In addition, FIG. 55 shows a case where the connecting conductor portion 21 is exposed to the upper surface of the wiring layer 2 in a convex shape. However, in the fifth aspect of the invention, the connecting conductor portion may be exposed on the upper surface of the wiring layer, and the connecting conductor may be used. Upper surface It can also be in the same plane as the upper surface of the wiring layer. In the subsequent sheet 5, since only the first adhesive layer 50 is exposed on the upper surface, the wiring layer formed on the adhesive sheet 50 can be more firmly fixed.

[安裝半導體晶片之步驟] [Steps for installing a semiconductor wafer]

繼而,如圖56所示,將配線層2之連接用導體部21與半導體晶片3之電極31連接而於配線層2(配線26)上安裝半導體晶片3。圖56係省略安裝後之連接用導體部21、電極31各自之突起而表示。再者,圖56係表示於配線層2上安裝有複數個半導體晶片3之情形,但安裝於配線層上之半導體晶片之數並無特別限定,亦可為1。 Then, as shown in FIG. 56, the connection conductor portion 21 of the wiring layer 2 is connected to the electrode 31 of the semiconductor wafer 3, and the semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 (wiring 26). Fig. 56 is a view showing the projections of the connecting conductor portion 21 and the electrode 31 after the mounting is omitted. In addition, FIG. 56 shows a case where a plurality of semiconductor wafers 3 are mounted on the wiring layer 2. However, the number of semiconductor wafers mounted on the wiring layer is not particularly limited, and may be one.

繼而,如圖57所示,視需要以覆蓋半導體晶片3之方式利用樹脂32進行樹脂密封。用於樹脂密封之樹脂32可適當使用先前公知者等,樹脂密封方法亦可採用先前公知之方法。 Then, as shown in FIG. 57, resin sealing is performed by the resin 32 so as to cover the semiconductor wafer 3 as needed. The resin 32 for resin sealing can be suitably used by a conventionally known person or the like, and the resin sealing method can also employ a previously known method.

[自基座分離之步驟] [Steps to separate from the base]

繼而,如圖58所示,將經樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。具體而言,以接著片5之與基座1相反側之面作為界面而將基座1與接著片5一起剝離。再者,於未進行樹脂密封之情形時,將未進行樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。如上所述,接著片5不僅具有第1接著劑層50,而且具有接著力低於第1接著劑層50之第2層51,故而若降低第1接著劑層50之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線層之半導體晶片容易地上下分離。 Then, as shown in FIG. 58, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 sealed by the resin is separated from the susceptor 1. Specifically, the susceptor 1 and the back sheet 5 are peeled off together with the surface of the back sheet 5 on the side opposite to the susceptor 1 as an interface. Further, when the resin is not sealed, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 not sealed with the resin is separated from the susceptor 1. As described above, the adhesive sheet 5 has not only the first adhesive layer 50 but also the second layer 51 having a lower adhesive force than the first adhesive layer 50. Therefore, if the adhesion of the first adhesive layer 50 is lowered, the adhesive sheet can be borrowed. The susceptor and the semiconductor wafer with the wiring layer are easily separated up and down by an external force.

又,藉由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層而形成中央部53。因此,與僅由第1接著劑層50所形成之周邊部54相比,藉由第1接著劑層50與第2層51之積層而形成之中央部53的接著力相對較低。因此,若至少降低周邊部54之接著力,則可藉由外力而將基座與附有配線層之半導體晶片容易地上下分離。又,使第1接著劑層50形成於接著片5之周邊部54上,故而於後述之分離之步驟中,容易利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層50、或利用切割機或雷射等物理性地切出切口而降低第1接著 劑層50之接著力。作為降低第1接著劑層50之接著力之方法,可列舉:利用溶劑溶解第1接著劑層50而降低接著力之方法;利用切割機或雷射等於第1接著劑層50上物理性地切出切口而降低接著力之方法;預先使用接著力會隨著加熱而降低之材料形成第1接著劑層50,利用加熱降低接著力之方法等。 Further, the central portion 53 is formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51. Therefore, the adhesion force of the central portion 53 formed by laminating the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 is relatively lower than that of the peripheral portion 54 formed only by the first adhesive layer 50. Therefore, if at least the adhesion of the peripheral portion 54 is lowered, the susceptor and the semiconductor wafer with the wiring layer can be easily separated up and down by an external force. Further, since the first adhesive layer 50 is formed on the peripheral portion 54 of the adhesive sheet 5, it is easy to dissolve the first adhesive layer 50 by a solvent or use a physical property such as a cutter or a laser in the step of separation described later. Cut the incision and lower the first one The adhesion of the agent layer 50. As a method of lowering the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer 50, a method of reducing the adhesion force by dissolving the first adhesive layer 50 in a solvent is used, and the first adhesive layer 50 is physically used by a cutter or a laser. A method of cutting out the slit to reduce the adhesion force; a method of forming the first adhesive layer 50 by using a material whose adhesion is lowered by heating is used in advance, and a method of lowering the force by heating is used.

其後,視需要進行剪裁,藉此獲得於配線層2上安裝有半導體晶片3之半導體裝置4(參照圖59)。再者,對於將基座1剝離之配線層2,亦可實施賦予焊錫球之加工。 Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 on which the semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by trimming as necessary (see FIG. 59). Further, the wiring layer 2 from which the susceptor 1 is peeled off may be subjected to processing for imparting solder balls.

以上,對本實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法之概略進行了說明。以下,對本實施形態之半導體裝置之製造方法之一例進行詳細說明。 The outline of the method of manufacturing the semiconductor device of the present embodiment has been described above. Hereinafter, an example of a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device of the present embodiment will be described in detail.

[具有接著片之基座之準備] [Preparation of the pedestal with the film]

首先,準備基座1(參照圖54)。基座1可使用第1本發明之項中所說明者。 First, the susceptor 1 is prepared (refer to FIG. 54). The susceptor 1 can be used as described in the item of the first invention.

[貼合於基座上之步驟] [Steps to fit on the base]

繼而,於基座1上貼合接著片5(參照圖54)。接著片5係如已說明般具有第2層51、及以覆蓋第2層51之上表面及側面之態樣積層於第2層51上之第1接著劑層50。該步驟中,以接著片5之下表面作為貼合面而將接著片5貼合於基座1上。 Then, the bonding sheet 5 is bonded to the susceptor 1 (see FIG. 54). Next, the sheet 5 has a second layer 51 and a first adhesive layer 50 laminated on the second layer 51 in a state of covering the upper surface and the side surface of the second layer 51 as described above. In this step, the adhesive sheet 5 is bonded to the susceptor 1 with the lower surface of the adhesive sheet 5 as a bonding surface.

[配線層之形成] [Formation of wiring layer]

繼而,於基座1之接著片5上形成配線層2(參照圖55)。於具有接著片之基座上形成配線層之方法可採用第1本發明之項中所說明之方法。 Then, the wiring layer 2 is formed on the bonding sheet 5 of the susceptor 1 (see FIG. 55). The method of forming the wiring layer on the susceptor having the succeeding film can employ the method described in the first aspect of the invention.

[安裝步驟、剝離步驟、切晶] [Installation step, stripping step, dicing]

繼而,對上述中所獲得之配線層2(以可自基座1剝離之方式貼附者)安裝晶片(參照圖55)。其後,進行配線層2之老化,進而,視需要 對配線層2上之各晶片3實施樹脂密封(參照圖57)。再者,樹脂密封可使用片狀之密封用樹脂片材,亦可使用液狀之樹脂密封材料。其後,將經樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離(參照圖58)。再者,於未進行樹脂密封之情形時,將未進行樹脂密封之附有配線層2之半導體晶片3自基座1分離。其後,視需要進行剪裁,藉此獲得於配線層2上安裝有半導體晶片3之半導體裝置4(參照圖59)。再者,於對配線層2安裝晶片(倒裝晶片連接)時,亦可於配線層2與晶片之間使用底膠填充用樹脂。底膠填充用樹脂可為片狀者,亦可為液狀者。又,上述實施形態中,對安裝晶片後實施樹脂密封之情形進行了說明,但亦可代替樹脂密封而使用於晶片上形成有先前公知之倒裝晶片型半導體背面用膜者。上述倒裝晶片型半導體背面用膜係用以形成於倒裝晶片連接於被接著體上之晶片(半導體元件)的背面之膜,詳細情況例如於日本專利特開2011-249739號公報等中進行了揭示,故而省略此處之說明。 Then, the wiring layer 2 obtained in the above (attached so as to be detachable from the susceptor 1) is mounted (see FIG. 55). Thereafter, the wiring layer 2 is aged, and further, as needed Each of the wafers 3 on the wiring layer 2 is subjected to resin sealing (see FIG. 57). Further, as the resin sealing, a sheet-like sealing resin sheet can be used, and a liquid resin sealing material can also be used. Thereafter, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 sealed by the resin is separated from the susceptor 1 (refer to FIG. 58). Further, when the resin is not sealed, the semiconductor wafer 3 with the wiring layer 2 not sealed with the resin is separated from the susceptor 1. Thereafter, the semiconductor device 4 on which the semiconductor wafer 3 is mounted on the wiring layer 2 is obtained by trimming as necessary (see FIG. 59). Further, when a wafer (flip-chip connection) is mounted on the wiring layer 2, a resin for filling the underlayer may be used between the wiring layer 2 and the wafer. The resin for filling the primer may be in the form of a sheet or a liquid. Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the resin is sealed after the wafer is mounted has been described. However, a conventionally known film for flip chip type semiconductor back surface may be formed on the wafer instead of the resin sealing. The film for flip chip type semiconductor back surface is used for forming a film on a back surface of a wafer (semiconductor element) to which a flip chip is attached to a substrate, and is described in, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2011-249739. The disclosure is omitted, and the description herein is omitted.

以上之說明中,作為使用接著片5形成配線之方法,對將接著片5之第1接著劑層50及第2層51露出之面貼附於基座1上並於僅接著片5之第1接著劑層50露出之面上形成配線之情形進行了說明。但是,使用接著片5形成配線之方法並無特別限定,亦可將僅接著片5之第1接著劑層50露出之面貼附於基座1上並於接著片5之第1接著劑層50及第2層51露出之面上形成配線。 In the above description, as a method of forming wiring using the adhesive sheet 5, the surface on which the first adhesive layer 50 and the second layer 51 of the adhesive sheet 5 are exposed is attached to the susceptor 1, and only the sheet 5 is attached. The case where wiring is formed on the exposed surface of the adhesive layer 50 has been described. However, the method of forming the wiring using the adhesive sheet 5 is not particularly limited, and the surface on which only the first adhesive layer 50 of the adhesive sheet 5 is exposed may be attached to the susceptor 1 and the first adhesive layer of the adhesive sheet 5 may be applied. Wiring is formed on the exposed surface of 50 and the second layer 51.

又,上述說明中,對使用接著片5形成配線之方法進行了說明,但即便使用接著片6或接著片7,亦可與使用接著片5之情形同樣地形成配線。 In the above description, the method of forming the wiring using the adhesive sheet 5 has been described. However, even if the adhesive sheet 6 or the adhesive sheet 7 is used, the wiring can be formed in the same manner as in the case of using the adhesive sheet 5.

以上,對第5本發明之實施形態進行了說明。 The embodiment of the fifth invention has been described above.

上述第1本發明~第5本發明之實施形態中,對將配線形成為配線層之情形進行了說明。然而,第1本發明~第5本發明中之配線並不 限定於該例。第1本發明~第5本發明之配線亦可不形成為配線層,例如亦可利用單體於接著片上形成配線。 In the embodiment of the first to fifth inventions described above, the case where the wiring is formed as a wiring layer has been described. However, the wiring in the first to fifth inventions is not Limited to this example. The wiring of the first to fifth inventions may not be formed as a wiring layer, and for example, wiring may be formed on the bonding sheet by a single body.

第1本發明~第3本發明及第5本發明中之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:於具有接著片之基座(例如長條之基座)上形成配線,於上述配線上安裝複數個工件並進行樹脂密封,其後剪裁而獲得複數個半導體裝置之方法。根據該半導體裝置之製造方法,可於1個基座上形成用於複數個半導體裝置之配線。又,第1本發明~第3本發明及第5本發明中之半導體裝置之製造方法亦包括:於具有接著片之基座上形成配線,於上述配線上安裝1個工件並進行樹脂密封,藉此獲得1個半導體裝置之方法。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the first to third inventions and the fifth aspect of the invention includes forming a wiring on a susceptor having a bonding sheet (for example, a pedestal of a strip), and mounting a plurality of workpieces on the wiring A resin sealing method is then carried out, followed by cutting to obtain a plurality of semiconductor devices. According to the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, wiring for a plurality of semiconductor devices can be formed on one susceptor. Further, the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the first to third aspects of the present invention and the fifth aspect of the invention includes forming a wiring on a susceptor having a bonding sheet, and attaching one workpiece to the wiring to perform resin sealing. Thereby, a method of obtaining one semiconductor device is obtained.

第4本發明中之半導體裝置之製造方法包括:於固定暫時固定用片材之基座(例如長條之基座)上形成配線,於上述配線上安裝複數個工件並進行樹脂密封,其後剪裁而獲得複數個半導體裝置之方法。根據該半導體裝置之製造方法,可於1個基座上形成用於複數個半導體裝置之配線。又,第4本發明中之半導體裝置之製造方法亦包括:於固定暫時固定用片材之基座上形成配線,於上述配線上安裝1個工件並進行樹脂密封,藉此獲得1個半導體裝置之方法。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to a fourth aspect of the present invention, comprising: forming a wiring on a base (for example, a long base) on which a temporary fixing sheet is fixed, mounting a plurality of workpieces on the wiring, and performing resin sealing, and thereafter A method of trimming to obtain a plurality of semiconductor devices. According to the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, wiring for a plurality of semiconductor devices can be formed on one susceptor. Further, in the method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to the fourth aspect of the present invention, the wiring is formed on the susceptor on which the temporary fixing sheet is fixed, and one workpiece is attached to the wiring and resin-sealed to obtain one semiconductor device. The method.

以上,對第1本發明~第5本發明之半導體裝置之製造方法之一例進行了說明,但第1本發明~第5本發明中之半導體裝置之製造方法並不限定於上述例子,可於第1本發明~第5本發明之主旨之範圍內適當變更。 In the above, the method of manufacturing the semiconductor device according to the first to fifth aspects of the present invention is described, but the method of manufacturing the semiconductor device according to the first to fifth inventions is not limited to the above example, and The scope of the first to fifth inventions is appropriately changed within the scope of the gist of the invention.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,使用實施例對本發明進行詳細說明,但只要不超過其主旨,則本發明並不限定於以下之實施例。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in detail by way of examples, but the invention should not be construed as limited to

[第1本發明] [First invention]

以下之各實施例等係與第1本發明相對應。 The following embodiments and the like correspond to the first invention.

對實施例中所使用之成分進行說明。 The components used in the examples will be described.

PMDA:均苯四甲酸二酐(分子量:218.1) PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)

DDE:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(分子量:200.2) DDE: 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)

D-4000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:4023.5) D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 4023.5)

DMAc:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺 DMAc: N,N-dimethylacetamide

NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone

D-2000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:1990.8) D-2000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 1990.8)

BPDA:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐 BPDA: 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride

PPD:對苯二胺 PPD: p-phenylenediamine

(實施例1) (Example 1) <第1接著劑層用溶液、第2層用溶液之製作> <Preparation of Solution for First Adhesive Layer and Solution for Second Layer>

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)1.041g中在70℃下混合聚醚二胺(D-4000)267.75g、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DDE)78.48g及均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)100g並進行反應而獲得第1接著劑層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液A)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第1接著劑層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 Polyether diamine (D-4000) 267.75 g, 4,4'-diamino group was mixed at 70 ° C in N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc) 1.041 g under a nitrogen stream. 78.48 g of diphenyl ether (DDE) and 100 g of pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA) were reacted to obtain a solution for the first adhesive layer (polyglycine solution A). The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the first adhesive layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

除根據表1之組成之方面以外,利用與第1接著劑層用溶液相同之方法獲得第2層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液B)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第2層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 The solution for the second layer (polyglycine solution B) was obtained by the same method as the solution for the first adhesive layer except for the composition of Table 1. The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the second layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

<圓形片材之製作> <Production of round sheet>

將第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm、寬度250mm)上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第2層之片材。 The second layer solution was applied onto a separator (a long-side polyester film treated with a polyoxynitride-based release agent: a thickness of 38 μm and a width of 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a second layer. The sheet.

於所獲得之片材之第2層上積層長條聚酯膜(厚度25μm、寬度250mm),利用湯普生模具半切成直徑198mm,保留沖裁而成之部分(經湯普生模具沖裁之內側)而去除外側,從而獲得圓形片材。再者,所 謂上述半切,係指完全地切割聚酯膜及第2層且不完全地切割隔片(切割至隔片之中途)之態樣之切割。 A long strip of polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, and half cut into a diameter of 198 mm by a Thompson mold, and the punched portion was retained (the inside of the Thompson mold was punched) The outer side is removed to obtain a circular sheet. Furthermore, The above-mentioned half-cut refers to the cutting of the aspect in which the polyester film and the second layer are completely cut and the separator is not completely cut (cut into the middle of the separator).

<接著片> <Next piece>

將圓形片材之隔片剝離,將第1接著劑層用溶液以成為直徑200mm以上之方式塗佈於圓形片材之第2層上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘。於乾燥之第1接著劑層上積層長條聚酯膜(厚度25μm、寬度250mm)而獲得圖1所示之剖面形狀之接著片A。具體而言,接著片A整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為10μm。第2層之直徑為198mm,第2層之厚度為2μm。接著片A之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為8μm。 The separator of the circular sheet was peeled off, and the solution for the first adhesive layer was applied onto the second layer of the circular sheet so as to have a diameter of 200 mm or more, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes. A long polyester film (thickness: 25 μm, width: 250 mm) was laminated on the dried first adhesive layer to obtain a cross-sectional sheet A having a cross-sectional shape as shown in Fig. 1 . Specifically, the sheet A as a whole has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 10 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 198 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 2 μm. Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet A was 8 μm.

(實施例2) (Example 2) <第1接著劑層用溶液之製作> <Preparation of solution for the first adhesive layer>

除根據表1之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得第1接著劑層用溶液。 The solution for the first adhesive layer was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the composition according to Table 1.

<接著片之製作> <Next film production>

於SUS箔(東洋製箔股份有限公司製造、SUS 304H-TA)上,以Cu膜厚成為0.5μm之方式進行利用硫酸銅鍍敷浴之鍍銅而獲得附有鍍銅之SUS箔。進行冷卻直至所獲得之附有鍍銅之SUS箔成為室溫(23℃)。 On the SUS foil (manufactured by Toyo Sewing Co., Ltd., SUS 304H-TA), copper plating with a copper sulfate plating bath was performed so that the Cu film thickness was 0.5 μm, and a copper-plated SUS foil was obtained. Cooling was carried out until the obtained copper-plated SUS foil became room temperature (23 ° C).

將第1接著劑層用溶液塗佈於附有鍍銅之SUS箔上並於90℃下乾燥2分鐘。繼而,將SUS箔剝離而獲得附有鍍銅之聚醯胺酸層。對所獲得之附有鍍銅之聚醯胺酸層進行Cu蝕刻。藉此,殘留圓形(195mmΦ(直徑195mm))之鍍銅部分而除去其他部分。根據以上,獲得具有圖1所示之剖面形狀之接著片B。具體而言,接著片B整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為10μm。第2層之直徑為195mm,第2層之厚度為0.5μm。接著片B之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為9.5μm。本實施例2中,於形成接著片時,雖成為於第1接著劑層上形成有第2層之形狀 (於第2層之側面側不存在第1接著劑層之形狀),但第2層為0.5μm而較薄,另一方面,第1接著劑層為10μm而較厚,且第1接著劑層相對較軟(為低彈性模數),故而於使用時,藉由壓力而將第2層嵌入至第1接著劑層。因此,實施例2之接著片B具有圖1所示之剖面形狀。 The first adhesive layer solution was applied onto a copper-plated SUS foil and dried at 90 ° C for 2 minutes. Then, the SUS foil was peeled off to obtain a copper-plated polyamic acid layer. The obtained copper plated polyamic acid layer was subjected to Cu etching. Thereby, a copper plated portion of a circular shape (195 mm Φ (195 mm)) was left to remove other portions. From the above, the back sheet B having the cross-sectional shape shown in Fig. 1 was obtained. Specifically, the entire sheet B has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 10 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 195 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 0.5 μm. Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet B was 9.5 μm. In the second embodiment, when the adhesive sheet is formed, the shape of the second layer is formed on the first adhesive layer. (The shape of the first adhesive layer does not exist on the side surface side of the second layer), but the second layer is 0.5 μm and is thin, while the first adhesive layer is 10 μm thick and thick, and the first adhesive The layer is relatively soft (having a low modulus of elasticity), so that in use, the second layer is embedded in the first adhesive layer by pressure. Therefore, the sheet B of the second embodiment has the cross-sectional shape shown in Fig. 1.

(實施例3) (Example 3)

除根據表1之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得接著片C。 The back sheet C was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except for the aspect according to the composition of Table 1.

(實施例4) (Example 4) <圓形片材之製作> <Production of round sheet>

將由實施例1所製作之第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm、寬度250mm)上,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第2層之片材。 The solution for the second layer produced in Example 1 was applied onto a separator (a long polyester film treated with a polyfluorene-based release agent: a thickness of 38 μm and a width of 250 mm), and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes. A sheet having the second layer was obtained.

於所獲得之片材之第2層上積層長條聚酯膜(厚度25μm、寬度250mm),利用湯普生模具半切成直徑198mm,保留沖裁而成之部分(經湯普生模具沖裁之內側)而去除外側,從而獲得圓形片材(厚度:2.5μm)。 A long strip of polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, and half cut into a diameter of 198 mm by a Thompson mold, and the punched portion was retained (the inside of the Thompson mold was punched) The outer side was removed to obtain a circular sheet (thickness: 2.5 μm).

<接著片> <Next piece>

將由實施例1所製作之第1接著劑層用溶液塗佈於隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm、寬度250mm)上,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第1接著劑層之片材。 The solution of the first adhesive layer produced in Example 1 was applied onto a separator (a long polyester film treated with a polyfluorene-based release agent: a thickness of 38 μm and a width of 250 mm), and dried at 90 ° C. A sheet having the first adhesive layer was obtained in 3 minutes.

於所獲得之片材之第1接著劑層上積層長條聚酯膜(厚度25μm、寬度250mm),利用湯普生模具半切成直徑198mm,殘留外側而去除沖裁之部分(經湯普生模具沖裁之內側),從而獲得中空之片材(厚度:2.5μm)。 A long polyester film (thickness: 25 μm, width: 250 mm) was laminated on the first adhesive layer of the obtained sheet, and half cut into a diameter of 198 mm by a Thompson mold, and the outer portion was removed to remove the punched portion (punched by the Thompson mold). The inner side) to obtain a hollow sheet (thickness: 2.5 μm).

將上述圓形片材及上述中空之片材之隔片剝離,以圓形片材之第2層嵌入之方式貼合於中空之片材的不存在第1接著劑層之部分,從 而獲得圖2所示之剖面形狀之接著片D。具體而言,接著片D整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為2.5μm。第2層之直徑為198mm,第2層之厚度為2.5μm。 The circular sheet and the separator of the hollow sheet are peeled off, and the second layer of the circular sheet is fitted to the portion of the hollow sheet where the first adhesive layer is not present. The back sheet D of the cross-sectional shape shown in Fig. 2 was obtained. Specifically, the entire sheet D has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 2.5 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 198 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 2.5 μm.

(實施例5) (Example 5)

製作與實施例1相同之接著片並將其作為接著片E。接著片E係用作圖3所示之剖面形狀之接著片。 The same sheet as in Example 1 was produced and used as the back sheet E. Next, the sheet E is used as a sheet of the cross-sectional shape shown in Fig. 3.

(比較例1) (Comparative Example 1)

獲得包含與實施例1相同之第1接著劑層之單層之接著片F。接著片F為圓形,直徑為200mm,厚度為10μm。 A single sheet F comprising a single layer of the same first adhesive layer as in Example 1 was obtained. Next, the sheet F was circular, having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 10 μm.

<剝離力之測定> <Measurement of peeling force>

於包含單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜(厚度38μm、寬度250mm)之隔片上,以於90℃下乾燥3分鐘後之厚度成為20μm之方式分別製作實施例1之組成之第1接著劑層、實施例2之組成之第1接著劑層、實施例3之組成之第1接著劑層、比較例1之組成之第1接著劑層。 The separator of Example 1 was prepared on a separator comprising a long-side polyester film (thickness: 38 μm, width: 250 mm) treated with a single-sided polyoxon-based release agent, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes and then having a thickness of 20 μm. The first adhesive layer composed of the first adhesive layer, the first adhesive layer of the composition of Example 2, the first adhesive layer of the composition of Example 3, and the first adhesive layer of the composition of Comparative Example 1.

將實施例1~3、比較例1之第1接著劑層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第1接著劑層。 The first adhesive layers of Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 were bonded to an 8-inch wafer, and yttrium imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain twin crystals. The first layer of the first adhesive layer.

於包含單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜(厚度38μm、寬度250mm)之隔片上,以於90℃下乾燥3分鐘後之厚度成為20μm之方式分別製作實施例1之組成之第2層、實施例3之組成之第2層。又,於SUS箔上,以於90℃下乾燥3分鐘後之厚度成為20μm之方式製作實施例2之組成之第2層。 The separator of Example 1 was prepared on a separator comprising a long-side polyester film (thickness: 38 μm, width: 250 mm) treated with a single-sided polyoxon-based release agent, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes and then having a thickness of 20 μm. The second layer of the composition and the second layer of the composition of the third embodiment. Further, a second layer of the composition of Example 2 was produced on a SUS foil so as to have a thickness of 20 μm after drying at 90 ° C for 3 minutes.

將實施例1、實施例3及比較例1之第2層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第2層。實施例2之第2層係貼合於8吋矽晶圓上。 The second layer of Example 1, Example 3, and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8 Å wafer, and yttrium imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain twin crystals. The second layer of the circle. The second layer of Example 2 was bonded to an 8-inch wafer.

將各樣品(第1接著劑層或第2層)加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表2。 Each sample (the first adhesive layer or the second layer) was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and was subjected to a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm/min. ° Peel evaluation. The results are shown in Table 2.

<製程耐性評價> <Process tolerance evaluation>

將實施例1之接著片A於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓的基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。再者,層壓係以第1接著劑層與第2層之兩者露出之面作為貼合面而層壓於基座上。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片A。繼而,利用半加成法於接著片A上形成配線。具體而言,利用上述實施形態中所說明之方法而形成。 The back sheet A of Example 1 was roll laminated on a susceptor containing a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, and then subjected to argon gas at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Imine. Further, the lamination is laminated on the susceptor with the exposed surface of both the first adhesive layer and the second layer as a bonding surface. Thereby, the back sheet A with the pedestal is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet A by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it is formed by the method described in the above embodiment.

將實施例2之接著片B於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓的基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片B。繼而,以與上述相同之方式於接著片B上形成配線。 The back sheet B of Example 2 was roll-laid on a susceptor including a ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, and then subjected to argon gas at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Imine. Thereby, the adhesive sheet B with the pedestal is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet B in the same manner as described above.

將實施例3之接著片C於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓的基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片C。繼而,以與上述相同之方式於接著片C上形成配線。 The sheet C of Example 3 was roll-laid on a susceptor containing a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, and then subjected to argon gas at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Imine. Thereby, the slab-attached sheet C is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet C in the same manner as described above.

將實施例4之接著片D於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓的基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片D。繼而,以與上述相同之方式於接著片D上形成配線。 The back sheet D of Example 4 was roll-laid on a susceptor containing a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, and then subjected to argon gas at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Imine. Thereby, the adhesive sheet D with the pedestal is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet D in the same manner as described above.

將實施例5之接著片E於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓的基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。再者,層壓係以僅第1接著劑層露出之面作為貼合面而層壓於基座上。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片E。繼 而,利用半加成法於接著片E上形成配線。 The back sheet E of Example 5 was roll-laid on a susceptor including a ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, and then subjected to argon at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Imine. Further, the lamination is laminated on the susceptor with the surface on which only the first adhesive layer is exposed as a bonding surface. Thereby, the slab-attached sheet E is obtained. Following On the other hand, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet E by a semi-additive method.

將比較例1之接著片F於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓的基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片F。繼而,以與上述相同之方式於接著片F上形成配線。 The back sheet F of Comparative Example 1 was roll-laid on a susceptor containing a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, and then subjected to argon gas at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Imine. Thereby, the susceptor-attached sheet F is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet F in the same manner as described above.

形成上述配線之結果,將接著片未自基座剝離且形成過程中之配線未自接著片剝離之情形評價為○,將接著片自基座剝離之情形、或形成過程中之配線自接著片剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表2。 As a result of the above-described wiring, the case where the bonding sheet was not peeled off from the susceptor and the wiring during the formation was not peeled off from the bonding sheet was evaluated as ○, the bonding sheet was peeled off from the susceptor, or the wiring was formed from the bonding sheet during the formation. The case of peeling was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 2.

<剝離性評價> <Release evaluation>

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得實施例1之附有基座之接著片A。繼而,自基座之相反側以中心與接著片A相同且成為直徑196mm之圓之方式照射雷射(YAG雷射、輸出1.5W)而切割第1接著劑層及第2層直至基座面。 The susceptor-attached sheet A of Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as the above process resistance evaluation. Then, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the base surface by irradiating a laser (YAG laser, output 1.5 W) from the opposite side of the susceptor to the same shape as the succeeding sheet A and having a diameter of 196 mm. .

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得實施例2之附有基座之接著片B。繼而,自基座之相反側以中心與接著片B相同且成為直徑197mm之圓之方式利用切割機切割第1接著劑層及第2層直至基座面。 The susceptor-attached sheet B of Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as the above-described process resistance evaluation. Then, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut by a cutter from the opposite side of the susceptor to the same shape as the succeeding sheet B and formed into a circle having a diameter of 197 mm up to the base surface.

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得實施例3之附有基座之接著片C。繼而,自基座之相反側以中心與接著片C相同且成為直徑195mm之圓之方式利用湯普生刀切割第1接著劑層及第2層直至基座面。 The susceptor-attached sheet C of Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as the above process resistance evaluation. Then, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut by a Thompson knife from the opposite side of the susceptor to the same shape as the succeeding sheet C and formed into a circle having a diameter of 195 mm up to the base surface.

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得實施例4之附有基座之接著片D。繼而,自基座之相反側以中心與接著片D相同且成為直徑196mm之圓之方式利用湯普生刀切割第1接著劑層及第2層直至基座面。 The susceptor-attached sheet D of Example 4 was obtained in the same manner as the above process resistance evaluation. Then, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut by a Thompson knife from the opposite side of the susceptor to the same shape as the succeeding sheet D and having a diameter of 196 mm until the base surface.

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得實施例5之附有基座之接著片E。繼而,自基座之相反側以中心與接著片E相同且成為直徑196mm之圓之方式利用湯普生刀切割第1接著劑層及第2層直至基座面。 The susceptor-attached sheet E of Example 5 was obtained in the same manner as the above process resistance evaluation. Then, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut by a Thompson knife from the opposite side of the susceptor to the same shape as the succeeding sheet E and formed into a circle having a diameter of 196 mm up to the base surface.

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得比較例1之附有基座之接 著片F。繼而,自基座之相反側以中心與接著片F相同且成為直徑197mm之圓之方式利用切割機切割第1接著劑層及第2層直至基座面。利用真空鑷子吸附上述切割後之接著片A~F之中央部並向上側提拉。將接著片或接著片之一部分自基座剝離之情形評價為○,將未剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表2。 The susceptor attached to Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as the above process resistance evaluation. Film F. Then, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut by a cutter from the opposite side of the susceptor to the same shape as the succeeding sheet F and formed into a circle having a diameter of 197 mm up to the base surface. The central portion of the cut sheets A to F was suctioned by a vacuum tweezers and pulled up to the upper side. The case where one part of the adhesive sheet or the succeeding film was peeled off from the susceptor was evaluated as ○, and the case where no peeling was performed was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 2.

[第2本發明] [Second invention]

以下之各實施例等係與第2本發明相對應。 The following embodiments and the like correspond to the second invention.

對實施例中所使用之成分進行說明。 The components used in the examples will be described.

PMDA:均苯四甲酸二酐(分子量:218.1) PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)

DDE:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(分子量:200.2) DDE: 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)

D-4000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:4023.5) D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 4023.5)

DMAc:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺 DMAc: N,N-dimethylacetamide

NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone

D-2000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:1990.8) D-2000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 1990.8)

BPDA:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐 BPDA: 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride

PPD:對苯二胺 PPD: p-phenylenediamine

(實施例1) (Example 1) <第1接著劑層用溶液、第2層用溶液之製作> <Preparation of Solution for First Adhesive Layer and Solution for Second Layer>

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮(NMP)942.16g中在70℃下混合聚醚二胺(D-4000)332.04g、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DDE)75.28g及均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)100g並進行反應而獲得第1接著劑層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液A)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第1接著劑層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 Polyether diamine (D-4000) 332.04 g, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl was mixed at 70 ° C in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) 942.16 g under a nitrogen stream. 75.28 g of an ether (DDE) and 100 g of pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA) were reacted to obtain a solution for the first adhesive layer (polyglycine solution A). The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the first adhesive layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

除根據表3之組成之方面以外,利用與第1接著劑層用溶液相同之方法獲得第2層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液B)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第2層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 The solution for the second layer (polyglycine solution B) was obtained by the same method as the solution for the first adhesive layer except for the composition of Table 3. The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the second layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

<圓形片材之製作> <Production of round sheet>

將第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm、寬度250mm)上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第2層之片材(厚度100μm)。 The second layer solution was applied onto a separator (a long-side polyester film treated with a polyoxynitride-based release agent: a thickness of 38 μm and a width of 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a second layer. Sheet (thickness 100 μm).

於所獲得之片材之第2層上積層長條聚酯膜(厚度25μm、寬度250mm),利用湯普生模具半切成直徑198mm,保留沖裁而成之部分(經湯普生模具沖裁之內側)而去除外側,從而獲得圓形片材。再者,所謂上述半切,係指完全地切割聚酯膜及第2層且不完全地切割隔片(切割至隔片之中途)之態樣之切割。 A long strip of polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, and half cut into a diameter of 198 mm by a Thompson mold, and the punched portion was retained (the inside of the Thompson mold was punched) The outer side is removed to obtain a circular sheet. Further, the above-mentioned half-cut refers to a cutting in which the polyester film and the second layer are completely cut and the separator is not completely cut (cut into the middle of the separator).

<接著片> <Next piece>

將圓形片材之隔片剝離,將第1接著劑層用溶液以成為直徑200 mm以上且厚度100μm之方式塗佈於圓形片材之第2層上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘。於乾燥之第1接著劑層上積層長條聚酯膜(厚度25μm、寬度250mm)而獲得圖18所示之剖面形狀之接著片A。具體而言,接著片A整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。第2層之直徑為196mm,第2層之厚度為100μm。 The separator of the circular sheet is peeled off, and the solution for the first adhesive layer is made into a diameter of 200 The film was applied to the second layer of the circular sheet at a thickness of 100 mm or more and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes. A long polyester film (thickness: 25 μm, width: 250 mm) was laminated on the dried first adhesive layer to obtain a sheet A having a cross-sectional shape as shown in Fig. 18 . Specifically, the sheet A as a whole has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 196 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 100 μm.

(實施例2) (Example 2) <第1接著劑層用溶液之製作> <Preparation of solution for the first adhesive layer>

除根據表3之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得第1接著劑層用溶液。 A solution for the first adhesive layer was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except for the composition according to Table 3.

<接著片之製作> <Next film production>

於SUS箔(東洋製箔股份有限公司製造、SUS 304H-TA)上,以Cu膜厚成為0.5μm之方式進行利用硫酸銅鍍敷浴之鍍銅而獲得附有鍍銅之SUS箔。 On the SUS foil (manufactured by Toyo Sewing Co., Ltd., SUS 304H-TA), copper plating with a copper sulfate plating bath was performed so that the Cu film thickness was 0.5 μm, and a copper-plated SUS foil was obtained.

將第1接著劑層用溶液塗佈於附有鍍銅之SUS箔上並於90℃下乾燥2分鐘。繼而,將SUS箔剝離而獲得附有鍍銅之聚醯胺酸層。對所獲得之附有鍍銅之聚醯胺酸層進行Cu蝕刻。藉此,殘留圓形(直徑195mm)之鍍銅部分而除去其他部分。根據以上,獲得具有圖26所示之剖面形狀之接著片B。具體而言,接著片B整體之直徑為199mm,厚度為10μm。第2層之直徑為195mm,第2層之厚度為0.5μm。接著片B之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為9.5μm。本實施例2中,於形成接著片時,雖成為於第1接著劑層上形成有第2層之形狀(於第2層之側面側不存在第1接著劑層之形狀),但第2層為0.5μm而較薄,另一方面,第1接著劑層為10μm而較厚,且第1接著劑層相對較軟(為低彈性模數),故而於使用時,藉由壓力而將第2層嵌入至第1接著劑層。因此,實施例2之接著片B具有圖28所示之剖面形狀。 The first adhesive layer solution was applied onto a copper-plated SUS foil and dried at 90 ° C for 2 minutes. Then, the SUS foil was peeled off to obtain a copper-plated polyamic acid layer. The obtained copper plated polyamic acid layer was subjected to Cu etching. Thereby, a copper plated portion of a circular shape (195 mm in diameter) remains, and the other portions are removed. From the above, the back sheet B having the cross-sectional shape shown in Fig. 26 was obtained. Specifically, the entire sheet B had a diameter of 199 mm and a thickness of 10 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 195 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 0.5 μm. Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet B was 9.5 μm. In the second embodiment, when the adhesive sheet is formed, the shape of the second layer is formed on the first adhesive layer (the shape of the first adhesive layer does not exist on the side surface side of the second layer), but the second The layer is 0.5 μm and thinner. On the other hand, the first adhesive layer is 10 μm thick and the first adhesive layer is relatively soft (low elastic modulus), so when used, it is pressed by pressure. The second layer is embedded in the first adhesive layer. Therefore, the sheet B of the second embodiment has the cross-sectional shape shown in Fig. 28.

(實施例3) (Example 3) <第1接著劑層用溶液、第2層用溶液之製作> <Preparation of Solution for First Adhesive Layer and Solution for Second Layer>

除根據表3之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得第1接著劑層用溶液及第2層用溶液。 The solution for the first adhesive layer and the solution for the second layer were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the composition according to Table 3.

<圓形片材之製作> <Production of round sheet>

將第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm、寬度250mm)上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第2層之片材。 The second layer solution was applied onto a separator (a long-side polyester film treated with a polyoxynitride-based release agent: a thickness of 38 μm and a width of 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a second layer. The sheet.

於所獲得之片材之第2層上積層長條聚酯膜(厚度25μm、寬度250mm),利用湯普生模具半切成直徑195mm,保留沖裁而成之部分(經湯普生模具沖裁之內側)而去除外側,從而獲得圓形片材。再者,所謂上述半切,係指完全地切割聚酯膜及第2層且不完全地切割隔片(切割至隔片之中途)之態樣之切割。 A long strip of polyester film (thickness 25 μm, width 250 mm) was laminated on the second layer of the obtained sheet, and half cut into a diameter of 195 mm by a Thompson mold, and the punched portion was retained (the inside of the Thompson mold was punched) The outer side is removed to obtain a circular sheet. Further, the above-mentioned half-cut refers to a cutting in which the polyester film and the second layer are completely cut and the separator is not completely cut (cut into the middle of the separator).

<接著片> <Next piece>

將圓形片材之隔片剝離,將第1接著劑層用溶液以成為直徑200mm以上之方式塗佈於圓形片材之第2層上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘。於乾燥之第1接著劑層上積層長條聚酯膜(厚度25μm、寬度250mm)而獲得圖26所示之剖面形狀之接著片C。具體而言,接著片C整體之直徑為199mm,厚度為10μm。第2層之直徑為195mm,第2層之厚度為2μm。接著片C之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為8μm。實施例3之接著片C具有圖26所示之剖面形狀。 The separator of the circular sheet was peeled off, and the solution for the first adhesive layer was applied onto the second layer of the circular sheet so as to have a diameter of 200 mm or more, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes. A long polyester film (thickness: 25 μm, width: 250 mm) was laminated on the dried first adhesive layer to obtain a cross-sectional sheet C having a cross-sectional shape as shown in Fig. 26 . Specifically, the entire sheet C had a diameter of 199 mm and a thickness of 10 μm. The second layer has a diameter of 195 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 2 μm. Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet C was 8 μm. The sheet C of Example 3 has the cross-sectional shape shown in Fig. 26.

(比較例1) (Comparative Example 1)

獲得包含與實施例1相同之第1接著劑層之單層之接著片E。接著片E為圓形,直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。 A single sheet E comprising a single layer of the same first adhesive layer as in Example 1 was obtained. Next, the sheet E was circular, having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.

<剝離力之測定> <Measurement of peeling force>

於包含單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜(厚度38μm、寬度250mm)之隔片上,以於90℃下乾燥3分鐘後之厚度成為20μm之方 式分別製作實施例1之組成之第1接著劑層、實施例2之組成之第1接著劑層、實施例3之組成之第1接著劑層、比較例1之組成之第1接著劑層。 On a separator comprising a long-length polyester film (thickness: 38 μm, width: 250 mm) treated with a single-sided polyfluorene-based release agent, the thickness after drying at 90 ° C for 3 minutes was 20 μm. A first adhesive layer of the composition of the first embodiment, a first adhesive layer of the composition of the second embodiment, a first adhesive layer of the composition of the third embodiment, and a first adhesive layer of the composition of the comparative example 1 were prepared. .

將實施例1~3、比較例1之第1接著劑層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第1接著劑層。 The first adhesive layers of Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 were bonded to an 8-inch wafer, and yttrium imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain twin crystals. The first layer of the first adhesive layer.

於包含單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜(厚度38μm、寬度250mm)之隔片上,以於90℃下乾燥3分鐘後之厚度成為20μm之方式分別製作實施例1之組成之第2層、實施例3之組成之第2層。又,於SUS箔上,以於90℃下乾燥3分鐘後之厚度成為20μm之方式製作實施例2之組成之第2層。 The separator of Example 1 was prepared on a separator comprising a long-side polyester film (thickness: 38 μm, width: 250 mm) treated with a single-sided polyoxon-based release agent, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes and then having a thickness of 20 μm. The second layer of the composition and the second layer of the composition of the third embodiment. Further, a second layer of the composition of Example 2 was produced on a SUS foil so as to have a thickness of 20 μm after drying at 90 ° C for 3 minutes.

將實施例1、實施例3及比較例1之第2層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第2層。實施例2之第2層係貼合於8吋矽晶圓上。 The second layer of Example 1, Example 3, and Comparative Example 1 was bonded to an 8 Å wafer, and yttrium imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain twin crystals. The second layer of the circle. The second layer of Example 2 was bonded to an 8-inch wafer.

將各樣品(第1接著劑層或第2層)加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表4。 Each sample (the first adhesive layer or the second layer) was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and was subjected to a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm/min. ° Peel evaluation. The results are shown in Table 4.

<製程耐性評價> <Process tolerance evaluation>

將實施例1之接著片A於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓的基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片A。繼而,利用半加成法於接著片A上形成配線。具體而言,利用上述實施形態中所說明之方法而形成。 The back sheet A of Example 1 was roll laminated on a susceptor containing a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, and then subjected to argon gas at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Imine. Thereby, the back sheet A with the pedestal is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet A by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it is formed by the method described in the above embodiment.

以與僅第1接著劑層露出之側的面相反側之面作為貼合面而將實施例2之接著片B於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓之基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件 下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片B。繼而,以與上述相同之方式於接著片B上形成配線。 The back sheet B of Example 2 was roll laminated to a twin crystal having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on the surface opposite to the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer was exposed as a bonding surface. After the round base, the conditions at 300 ° C, 1.5 hours, under nitrogen atmosphere The ruthenium imidization is carried out. Thereby, the adhesive sheet B with the pedestal is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet B in the same manner as described above.

以僅第1接著劑層露出之側的面作為貼合面而將實施例3之接著片C於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓之基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片C。繼而,以與上述相同之方式於接著片C上形成配線。 The back sheet C of Example 3 was roll-rolled on a susceptor including a wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa with the surface on the side where only the first adhesive layer was exposed as a bonding surface. Thereafter, the oxime imidization was carried out under the conditions of a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours. Thereby, the slab-attached sheet C is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet C in the same manner as described above.

將比較例1之接著片E於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓的基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片E。繼而,以與上述相同之方式於接著片E上形成配線。 The back sheet E of Comparative Example 1 was roll-laid on a susceptor including a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, and then subjected to argon gas at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Imine. Thereby, the slab-attached sheet E is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet E in the same manner as described above.

形成上述配線之結果,將接著片未自基座剝離且形成過程中之配線未自接著片剝離之情形評價為○,將接著片自基座剝離之情形、或形成過程中之配線自接著片剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表4。 As a result of the above-described wiring, the case where the bonding sheet was not peeled off from the susceptor and the wiring during the formation was not peeled off from the bonding sheet was evaluated as ○, the bonding sheet was peeled off from the susceptor, or the wiring was formed from the bonding sheet during the formation. The case of peeling was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 4.

<剝離性評價> <Release evaluation>

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得實施例1之附有基座之接著片A。繼而,自基座之相反側以中心與接著片A相同且成為直徑196mm之圓之方式照射雷射(YAG雷射、輸出1.5W)而切割第1接著劑層及第2層直至基座面。 The susceptor-attached sheet A of Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as the above process resistance evaluation. Then, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut to the base surface by irradiating a laser (YAG laser, output 1.5 W) from the opposite side of the susceptor to the same shape as the succeeding sheet A and having a diameter of 196 mm. .

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得實施例2之附有基座之接著片B。繼而,自基座之相反側以中心與接著片B相同且成為直徑197mm之圓之方式利用切割機切割第1接著劑層及第2層直至基座面。 The susceptor-attached sheet B of Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as the above-described process resistance evaluation. Then, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut by a cutter from the opposite side of the susceptor to the same shape as the succeeding sheet B and formed into a circle having a diameter of 197 mm up to the base surface.

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得實施例3之附有基座之接著片C。繼而,自基座之相反側以中心與接著片C相同且成為直徑195mm之圓之方式利用湯普生刀切割第1接著劑層及第2層直至基座面。 The susceptor-attached sheet C of Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as the above process resistance evaluation. Then, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut by a Thompson knife from the opposite side of the susceptor to the same shape as the succeeding sheet C and formed into a circle having a diameter of 195 mm up to the base surface.

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得比較例1之附有基座之接 著片E。繼而,自基座之相反側以中心與接著片E相同且成為直徑197mm之圓之方式利用切割機切割第1接著劑層及第2層直至基座面。利用真空鑷子吸附上述切割後之接著片A~C、E之中央部並向上側提拉。將接著片或接著片之一部分自基座剝離之情形評價為○,將未剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表4。 The susceptor attached to Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as the above process resistance evaluation. Slice E. Then, the first adhesive layer and the second layer were cut by a cutter from the opposite side of the susceptor to the same shape as the succeeding sheet E and formed into a circle having a diameter of 197 mm up to the base surface. The central portion of the above-mentioned cut sheets A to C and E is sucked by a vacuum tweezers and pulled up to the upper side. The case where one part of the adhesive sheet or the succeeding film was peeled off from the susceptor was evaluated as ○, and the case where no peeling was performed was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 4.

[第3本發明] [Third invention]

以下之各實施例等係與第3本發明相對應。 The following embodiments and the like correspond to the third invention.

對實施例中所使用之成分進行說明。 The components used in the examples will be described.

PMDA:均苯四甲酸二酐(分子量:218.1) PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)

DDE:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(分子量:200.2) DDE: 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)

D-4000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:4023.5) D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 4023.5)

DMAc:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺 DMAc: N,N-dimethylacetamide

NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone

D-2000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:1990.8) D-2000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 1990.8)

BPDA:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐 BPDA: 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride

PPD:對苯二胺 PPD: p-phenylenediamine

(實施例1) (Example 1) <第1接著劑層用溶液、第2層用溶液之製作> <Preparation of Solution for First Adhesive Layer and Solution for Second Layer>

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮(NMP)1018.81g中在70℃下混合聚醚二胺(D-4000)350.48g、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DDE)74.36g及均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)100g並進行反應而獲得第1接著劑層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液A)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第1接著劑層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 Polyether diamine (D-4000) 350.48 g, 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl was mixed at 70 ° C in N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) 1018.81 g under a nitrogen stream. 74.36 g of ether (DDE) and 100 g of pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA) were reacted to obtain a solution for the first adhesive layer (polyglycine solution A). The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the first adhesive layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

除根據表5之組成之方面以外,利用與第1接著劑層用溶液相同之方法獲得第2層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液B)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之第2層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 The solution for the second layer (polyglycine solution B) was obtained by the same method as the solution for the first adhesive layer except for the composition according to Table 5. The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the second layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

<接著片之製作> <Next film production>

將第2層用溶液塗佈於隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm、寬度250mm)上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第2層之片材(厚度8μm)。 The second layer solution was applied onto a separator (a long-side polyester film treated with a polyoxynitride-based release agent: a thickness of 38 μm and a width of 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a second layer. Sheet (thickness 8 μm).

將第1接著劑層用溶液塗佈於隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm、寬度250mm)上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得具有第1接著劑層之片材(厚度2μm)。 The first adhesive layer solution was applied onto a separator (a long polyester film treated with a polyoxynitride-based release agent: a thickness of 38 μm and a width of 250 mm) and dried at 90° C. for 3 minutes to obtain a first 1 sheet of the adhesive layer (thickness 2 μm).

將上述具有第2層之片材與具有第1接著劑層之片材貼合(貼合條件:95℃、0.4MPa)而獲得積層有第1接著劑層及第2層之接著片A。 The sheet having the second layer and the sheet having the first adhesive layer were bonded together (bonding conditions: 95 ° C, 0.4 MPa) to obtain a back sheet A in which a first adhesive layer and a second layer were laminated.

(實施例2) (Example 2)

除根據表5之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得 接著片B。 Obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the aspect according to the composition of Table 5. Then slice B.

(實施例3) (Example 3)

除根據表5之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得接著片C。 The back sheet C was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except for the aspect according to the composition of Table 5.

(比較例1) (Comparative Example 1)

獲得包含與實施例1相同之第1接著劑層之單層之接著片E。 A single sheet E comprising a single layer of the same first adhesive layer as in Example 1 was obtained.

<對於矽晶圓之剝離力之測定> <Measurement of peeling force for tantalum wafer>

於包含單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜(厚度38μm、寬度250mm)之隔片上,以於90℃下乾燥3分鐘後之厚度成為20μm之方式分別製作實施例1之組成之第1接著劑層、實施例2之組成之第1接著劑層、實施例3之組成之第1接著劑層、比較例1之組成之第1接著劑層。 The separator of Example 1 was prepared on a separator comprising a long-side polyester film (thickness: 38 μm, width: 250 mm) treated with a single-sided polyoxon-based release agent, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes and then having a thickness of 20 μm. The first adhesive layer composed of the first adhesive layer, the first adhesive layer of the composition of Example 2, the first adhesive layer of the composition of Example 3, and the first adhesive layer of the composition of Comparative Example 1.

將實施例1~3、比較例1之第1接著劑層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第1接著劑層。 The first adhesive layers of Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 were bonded to an 8-inch wafer, and yttrium imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain twin crystals. The first layer of the first adhesive layer.

於包含單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜(厚度38μm、寬度250mm)之隔片上,以於90℃下乾燥3分鐘後之厚度成為20μm之方式分別製作實施例1之組成之第2層、實施例2之組成之第2層、實施例3之組成之第2層。 The separator of Example 1 was prepared on a separator comprising a long-side polyester film (thickness: 38 μm, width: 250 mm) treated with a single-sided polyoxon-based release agent, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes and then having a thickness of 20 μm. The second layer of the composition, the second layer of the composition of the second embodiment, and the second layer of the composition of the third embodiment.

將實施例1~實施例3及比較例1之第2層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第2層。 The second layers of Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 were bonded to an 8 Å wafer, and yttrium imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain twin crystals. The second layer of the circle.

將各樣品(第1接著劑層或第2層)加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表6。 Each sample (the first adhesive layer or the second layer) was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and was subjected to a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm/min. ° Peel evaluation. The results are shown in Table 6.

<第1接著劑層及第2層之間的剝離力之測定> <Measurement of peeling force between the first adhesive layer and the second layer>

將實施例及比較例之接著片加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行180°剝離評價。將結果示於表6。 The backsheets of the examples and the comparative examples were processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and 180° peeling evaluation was performed under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C. and 300 mm/min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). The results are shown in Table 6.

<製程耐性評價> <Process tolerance evaluation>

以第1接著劑層側作為貼合面而將實施例1之接著片A於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓之基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片A。繼而,利用半加成法於接著片A上形成配線。具體而言,利用上述實施形態中所說明之方法而形成。 The back sheet A of Example 1 was roll laminated on a susceptor including a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa on the side of the first adhesive layer as a bonding surface, and then at 300 ° C. The oxime imidization was carried out under conditions of 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the back sheet A with the pedestal is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet A by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it is formed by the method described in the above embodiment.

以第2層側作為貼合面而將實施例2之接著片B於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓之基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片B。繼而,以與上述相同之方式於接著片B上形成配線。 After the second layer side was used as the bonding surface, the bonding sheet B of Example 2 was roll laminated on a susceptor including a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, and then at 300 ° C, 1.5. The hydrazine imidization was carried out under the conditions of an hour and a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the adhesive sheet B with the pedestal is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet B in the same manner as described above.

以第1接著劑層側作為貼合面而將實施例3之接著片C於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓之基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片C。繼而,以與上述相同之方式於接著片C上形成配線。 After the first adhesive layer side was used as the bonding surface, the bonding sheet C of Example 3 was roll laminated on a susceptor including a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, and then at 300 ° C. The oxime imidization was carried out under conditions of 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Thereby, the slab-attached sheet C is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet C in the same manner as described above.

將比較例1之接著片E於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓的基座上之後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片E。繼而,以與上述相同之方式於接著片E上形成配線。 The back sheet E of Comparative Example 1 was roll-laid on a susceptor including a silicon wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa, and then subjected to argon gas at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Imine. Thereby, the slab-attached sheet E is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding sheet E in the same manner as described above.

形成上述配線之結果,將接著片未自基座剝離且形成過程中之配線未自接著片剝離之情形評價為○,將接著片自基座剝離之情形、或形成過程中之配線自接著片剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表6。 As a result of the above-described wiring, the case where the bonding sheet was not peeled off from the susceptor and the wiring during the formation was not peeled off from the bonding sheet was evaluated as ○, the bonding sheet was peeled off from the susceptor, or the wiring was formed from the bonding sheet during the formation. The case of peeling was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 6.

<剝離性評價> <Release evaluation>

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式製作實施例1之附有基座之接著片A,進而形成配線。其後,安裝裝置晶圓並進行樹脂密封。繼而,於250℃下加熱10分鐘。 The susceptor-attached sheet A of Example 1 was produced in the same manner as the above-described process resistance evaluation, and wiring was formed. Thereafter, the device wafer is mounted and sealed with a resin. Then, it was heated at 250 ° C for 10 minutes.

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式製作實施例2之附有基座之接著片B,進而形成配線。其後,安裝裝置晶圓並進行樹脂密封。繼而,浸漬於SC-1洗淨液(氨水:過氧化氫水:水=1:1:5、70℃)中並施加24KHz之超音波10分鐘。 The susceptor-attached sheet B of Example 2 was produced in the same manner as the above-described process resistance evaluation, and wiring was formed. Thereafter, the device wafer is mounted and sealed with a resin. Then, it was immersed in an SC-1 washing solution (ammonia water: hydrogen peroxide water: water = 1:1:5, 70 ° C) and ultrasonic waves of 24 kHz were applied for 10 minutes.

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式製作實施例3之附有基座之接著片C,進而形成配線。其後,安裝裝置晶圓並進行樹脂密封。繼而,利用切割機切開第1接著層與第2層之接觸面而形成間隙後,將尖角之金屬治具(12°)插入至間隙而剝離。 The susceptor-attached sheet C of Example 3 was produced in the same manner as the above-described process resistance evaluation, and wiring was formed. Thereafter, the device wafer is mounted and sealed with a resin. Then, the contact surface of the first adhesive layer and the second layer was cut by a cutter to form a gap, and then a sharp metal jig (12°) was inserted into the gap to be peeled off.

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式製作比較例1之附有基座之接著片E,進而,形成配線。其後,安裝裝置晶圓並進行樹脂密封。繼而,於250℃下加熱10分鐘。 The susceptor-attached sheet E of Comparative Example 1 was produced in the same manner as the above-described process resistance evaluation, and wiring was further formed. Thereafter, the device wafer is mounted and sealed with a resin. Then, it was heated at 250 ° C for 10 minutes.

於上述加熱處理、利用SC-1洗淨液或切割機之剝離處理之後,使用垂直剝離裝置(日東精機製造、HSA840-WS)吸附基座與樹脂密封後之裝置晶圓之樹脂部分而垂直地剝離。接著片自基座剝離之情形評價為○,將未剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表6。 After the above-described heat treatment, the stripping treatment using the SC-1 cleaning solution or the cutter, the vertical peeling device (manufactured by Nitto Seiki Co., Ltd., HSA840-WS) is used to adsorb the resin portion of the susceptor and the resin-sealed device wafer vertically. Stripped. The case where the sheet was peeled off from the susceptor was evaluated as ○, and the case where the sheet was not peeled off was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 6.

[第4本發明] [4th invention]

以下之各實施例等係與第4本發明相對應。 The following embodiments and the like correspond to the fourth invention.

對實施例中所使用之成分進行說明。 The components used in the examples will be described.

PMDA:均苯四甲酸二酐(分子量:218.1) PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)

DDE:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(分子量:200.2) DDE: 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)

D-4000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:4023.5) D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 4023.5)

DMAc:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺 DMAc: N,N-dimethylacetamide

BPDA:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐 BPDA: 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride

PPD:對苯二胺 PPD: p-phenylenediamine

SD4587L PSA:東麗道製造、聚矽氧樹脂 SD4587L PSA: manufactured by Toray Road, polyoxyn resin

SRX212:東麗道製造、硬化劑 SRX212: Toray Road Manufacturing, Hardener

(實施例1) (Example 1) <暫時固定用片材用溶液、接著劑層用溶液之製作> <Preparation of temporary fixing sheet solution and adhesive layer solution>

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於N,N-二甲基乙醯胺(DMAc)2508g中在70℃下混合聚醚二胺(D-4000)27.67g、4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(DDE)90.43g及均苯四甲酸二酐(PMDA)100g並進行反應而獲得暫時固定用片材用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液A)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之暫時固定用片材用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 The polyether diamine (D-4000) 27.67 g, 4,4'-diamino group II was mixed at 70 ° C in 2,508 g of N,N-dimethylacetamide (DMAc) under a nitrogen stream. 90.43 g of phenyl ether (DDE) and 100 g of pyromellitic dianhydride (PMDA) were reacted to obtain a solution for sheet for temporary fixation (polyglycine solution A). The cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for temporary fixing sheets became room temperature (23 ° C).

除根據表7之組成之方面以外,利用與暫時固定用片材用溶液相同之方法獲得接著劑層用溶液(聚醯胺酸溶液B)。進行冷卻直至所獲得之接著劑層用溶液成為室溫(23℃)。 The solution for the adhesive layer (polyglycine solution B) was obtained by the same method as the solution for sheet for temporary fixation except the aspect of the composition of Table 7. Cooling was carried out until the obtained solution for the adhesive layer became room temperature (23 ° C).

<暫時固定用片材> <temporary fixing sheet>

將暫時固定用片材用溶液塗佈於隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm、寬度250mm)上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得暫時固定用片材A。 The temporary fixing sheet solution was applied to a separator (a long-side polyester film treated with a polyfluorene-based release agent: a thickness of 38 μm and a width of 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a temporary fixation. Use sheet A.

<附有接著劑層之暫時固定用片材> <For temporary fixing sheet with adhesive layer>

使用2片所獲得之暫時固定用片材A,1片係沖裁成半徑較基座小0.5mm之圓形,另外1片係沖裁成半徑較基座小0.3mm之圓形,將該等貼合而形成凹部(參照圖47)。於該凹部之部分塗佈接著劑層溶液並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘。將其設為附有接著劑層之暫時固定用片材A。 Using the temporary fixing sheet A obtained by two sheets, one sheet is punched into a circle having a radius smaller than the base by 0.5 mm, and the other sheet is punched into a circle having a radius smaller than the base by 0.3 mm. The concave portion is formed by bonding (see Fig. 47). The adhesive layer solution was applied to a portion of the recess and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes. This is set as the temporary fixing sheet A with an adhesive layer.

(實施例2) (Example 2)

除根據表7之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1之暫時固定用片材A相同之方法獲得暫時固定用片材B。又,除根據表7之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法製作接著劑層用溶液。 The temporary fixing sheet B was obtained by the same method as the temporary fixing sheet A of Example 1 except for the composition of Table 7. Further, a solution for an adhesive layer was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition of Table 7 was used.

<附有接著劑層之暫時固定用片材> <For temporary fixing sheet with adhesive layer>

將所獲得之暫時固定用片材B沖裁成半徑較基座小0.1mm之圓形。將沖裁後之暫時固定用片材B載置於基座上,並且於基座之傾斜 部塗佈接著劑層溶液,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘(參照圖40(b))。將其設為附有接著劑層之暫時固定用片材B。 The obtained temporary fixing sheet B was punched out into a circle having a radius smaller than the base by 0.1 mm. The temporarily fixed sheet B after being punched is placed on the base and tilted on the base The solution of the adhesive layer was applied and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes (refer to Fig. 40 (b)). This is set as the temporary fixing sheet B with an adhesive layer.

(實施例3) (Example 3)

除根據表7之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1之暫時固定用片材A相同之方法獲得暫時固定用片材C。又,除根據表7之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法製作接著劑層用溶液。 The temporary fixing sheet C was obtained by the same method as the temporary fixing sheet A of Example 1 except for the composition of Table 7. Further, a solution for an adhesive layer was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the composition of Table 7 was used.

<附有接著劑層之暫時固定用片材> <For temporary fixing sheet with adhesive layer>

使用2片所獲得之暫時固定用片材C,1片係沖裁成半徑較基座小2mm之圓形,另外1片係沖裁成半徑較基座小0.3mm之圓形,將該等貼合而形成凹部(參照圖47)。於該凹部之部分塗佈接著劑層溶液並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘。將其設為附有接著劑層之暫時固定用片材C。 Using the temporary fixing sheet C obtained in two sheets, one sheet is punched into a circle having a radius smaller than the base by 2 mm, and the other sheet is punched into a circle having a radius smaller than the base by 0.3 mm. The concave portions are formed by bonding together (see Fig. 47). The adhesive layer solution was applied to a portion of the recess and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes. This is set as the temporary fixing sheet C with an adhesive layer.

(比較例1) (Comparative Example 1)

將與實施例1相同之接著劑層用溶液塗佈於隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜:厚度38μm、寬度250mm)上並於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得包含接著劑層的單層之接著片F。 The same adhesive layer as in Example 1 was applied to a separator (a long-side polyester film treated with a polyoxynitride-based release agent: a thickness of 38 μm and a width of 250 mm) and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes. A single layer of the sheet F comprising the adhesive layer is obtained.

<剝離力之測定> <Measurement of peeling force>

於包含單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜(厚度38μm、寬度250mm)之隔片上,以於90℃下乾燥3分鐘後之厚度成為20μm之方式分別製作實施例1之組成之暫時固定用片材、實施例2之組成之暫時固定用片材、實施例3之組成之暫時固定用片材。 The separator of Example 1 was prepared on a separator comprising a long-side polyester film (thickness: 38 μm, width: 250 mm) treated with a single-sided polyoxon-based release agent, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes and then having a thickness of 20 μm. The sheet for temporary fixation of the composition, the sheet for temporary fixation of the composition of Example 2, and the sheet for temporary fixation of the composition of Example 3.

將實施例1~3之暫時固定用片材貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之暫時固定用片材。 The temporary fixing sheets of Examples 1 to 3 were bonded to an 8-inch wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain a temporary fixing with a ruthenium wafer. Use sheets.

於包含單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜(厚度38μm、寬度250mm)之隔片上,以於90℃下乾燥3分鐘後之厚度成為20μm之方式分別製作實施例1之組成之接著劑層、實施例2之組成之接著劑層、 實施例3之組成之接著劑層、比較例1之組成之接著劑層。 The separator of Example 1 was prepared on a separator comprising a long-side polyester film (thickness: 38 μm, width: 250 mm) treated with a single-sided polyoxon-based release agent, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes and then having a thickness of 20 μm. An adhesive layer composed of the composition, an adhesive layer of the composition of Example 2, The adhesive layer of the composition of Example 3 and the adhesive layer of the composition of Comparative Example 1.

將實施例1~3、比較例1之接著劑層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之接著劑層。 The adhesive layers of Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 1 were bonded to an 8 Å wafer, and yttrium imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain a ruthenium wafer. Then the agent layer.

將各樣品(暫時固定用片材、或接著劑層)加工成20mm寬度、10(0mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表8。 Each sample (temporary fixing sheet or adhesive layer) was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 10 (0 mm, using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm / min. The 90° peeling evaluation was carried out, and the results are shown in Table 8.

<製程耐性評價> <Process tolerance evaluation>

將實施例1之附有接著劑層之暫時固定用片材A於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓之基座上。此時,以附有接著劑層之暫時固定用片材A之接著劑層位於基座之傾斜部分之方式進行貼附。藉此,獲得附有基座之暫時固定用片材A。繼而,利用半加成法於暫時固定用片材A上形成配線。具體而言,利用上述實施形態中所說明之方法而形成。 The temporary fixing sheet A with the adhesive layer of Example 1 was roll laminated on a susceptor including a ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. At this time, the adhesive layer of the temporary fixing sheet A with the adhesive layer is attached so as to be located at the inclined portion of the susceptor. Thereby, the temporary fixing sheet A with a susceptor is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the temporary fixing sheet A by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it is formed by the method described in the above embodiment.

將實施例2之暫時固定用片材B於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓之基座上。繼而,於基座端部之傾斜部分塗佈實施例2之接著劑層用溶液並於溫度120℃下加熱10分鐘而使其硬化。藉此,獲得附有基座之暫時固定用片材B。繼而,利用半加成法於暫時固定用片材B上形成配線。具體而言,利用上述實施形態中所說明之方法而形成。 The sheet B for temporary fixing of Example 2 was roll-laid on a susceptor including a ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. Then, the solution for the adhesive layer of Example 2 was applied to the inclined portion of the end portion of the susceptor and cured by heating at a temperature of 120 ° C for 10 minutes. Thereby, the temporary fixing sheet B with the susceptor is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the temporary fixing sheet B by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it is formed by the method described in the above embodiment.

於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓之基座的端部之傾斜部分塗佈實施例3之接著劑層用溶液。繼而,將實施例3之暫時固定用片材C於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於上述基座上。其後,於溫度150℃下加熱5分鐘而使接著劑層用溶液硬化。藉此,獲得附有基座之暫時固定用片材C。繼而,利用半加成法於暫時固定用片材C上形成配線。具體而言,利用上述實施形態中所說明之方法而形成。 The solution for the adhesive layer of Example 3 was applied to the inclined portion of the end portion of the susceptor including the ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 200 mm. Then, the temporary fixing sheet C of Example 3 was roll laminated on the susceptor at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. Thereafter, the adhesive layer was cured with a solution by heating at a temperature of 150 ° C for 5 minutes. Thereby, the temporary fixing sheet C with the susceptor is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the temporary fixing sheet C by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it is formed by the method described in the above embodiment.

將比較例1之接著片F於溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa下輥式層壓於包含直徑200mm之矽晶圓之基座上。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著劑層F。繼而,利用半加成法於接著劑層F上形成配線。具體而言,利用上述實施形態中所說明之方法而形成。 The back sheet F of Comparative Example 1 was roll-laid on a susceptor including a ruthenium wafer having a diameter of 200 mm at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. Thereby, the adhesive layer F with the susceptor is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the adhesive layer F by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it is formed by the method described in the above embodiment.

<剝離性評價> <Release evaluation>

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得實施例1之附有基座之暫時固定用片材A。繼而,自基座之相反側照射雷射(YAG雷射、輸出1.5W)而切割至基座面。此時,切割係設為較接著劑層更內側(參照圖47)。 The susceptor-attached temporary fixing sheet A of Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as the above-described process resistance evaluation. Then, the laser is irradiated to the base surface by irradiating a laser (YAG laser, output 1.5 W) from the opposite side of the susceptor. At this time, the cutting system is set to be further inside than the adhesive layer (refer to FIG. 47).

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得實施例2之附有基座之暫時固定用片材B。繼而,利用切割機自斜上方向僅切割暫時固定用片材(參照圖45)。 The susceptor-attached temporary fixing sheet B of Example 2 was obtained in the same manner as the above-described process resistance evaluation. Then, only the temporary fixing sheet is cut from the obliquely upward direction by the cutter (refer to FIG. 45).

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得實施例3之附有基座之暫時固定用片材C。繼而,利用切割機自斜上方向僅切割暫時固定用片材(參照圖45)。 The susceptor-attached temporary fixing sheet C of Example 3 was obtained in the same manner as the above-described process resistance evaluation. Then, only the temporary fixing sheet is cut from the obliquely upward direction by the cutter (refer to FIG. 45).

以與上述製程耐性評價相同之方式獲得比較例1之附有基座之接著劑層F。繼而,利用切割機自斜上方向僅切割接著劑層F。 The susceptor-attached adhesive layer F of Comparative Example 1 was obtained in the same manner as the above process resistance evaluation. Then, only the adhesive layer F is cut from the obliquely upward direction by the cutter.

利用真空鑷子吸附上述切割後之暫時固定用片材A~C之中央部及接著劑層F之中央部並向上側提拉。將暫時固定用片材或接著劑層自基座剝離之情形評價為○,將未剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表8。 The central portion of the temporarily-fixed sheets A to C and the central portion of the adhesive layer F after the dicing are suctioned by a vacuum tweezers and pulled up. The case where the temporary fixing sheet or the adhesive layer was peeled off from the susceptor was evaluated as ○, and the case where the detached sheet was not peeled off was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 8.

[第5本發明] [Fifth invention]

以下之各實施例等係與第5本發明相對應。 The following embodiments and the like correspond to the fifth invention.

對實施例中所使用之成分進行說明。 The components used in the examples will be described.

PMDA:均苯四甲酸二酐(分子量:218.1) PMDA: pyromellitic dianhydride (molecular weight: 218.1)

DDE:4,4'-二胺基二苯醚(分子量:200.2) DDE: 4,4'-diaminodiphenyl ether (molecular weight: 200.2)

D-4000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:4023.5) D-4000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 4023.5)

DMAc:N,N-二甲基乙醯胺 DMAc: N,N-dimethylacetamide

NMP:N-甲基-2-吡咯烷酮 NMP: N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone

D-2000:Hatsuman製造之聚醚二胺(分子量:1990.8) D-2000: Polyether diamine manufactured by Hatsuman (molecular weight: 1990.8)

BPDA:3,3',4,4'-聯苯四羧酸二酐 BPDA: 3,3',4,4'-biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride

PPD:對苯二胺 PPD: p-phenylenediamine

隔片(單面經聚矽氧系剝離劑處理之長條聚酯膜) Spacer (long strip polyester film treated on one side by polyoxynitride stripper)

(實施例1) (Example 1)

在氮氣氣流下之環境中,於DMAc 1257g中在70℃下混合D-4000 365g、DDE 74g及PMDA 100g並進行反應後,進行冷卻直至成為室溫(23℃)而獲得第1接著劑溶液。 Under a nitrogen gas stream, D-4000 365 g, DDE 74 g, and PMDA 100 g were mixed at 70 ° C in 1257 g of DMAc and reacted, and then cooled to room temperature (23 ° C) to obtain a first adhesive solution.

除根據表9之組成之方面以外,利用與第1接著劑溶液相同之方法獲得第2接著劑溶液。將第2接著劑溶液塗佈於隔片上,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而製作具有第2接著劑溶液之塗佈層之片材後,形成多個片材厚度方向之貫通孔,而獲得空孔片材。俯視空孔片材時之貫通孔之形狀為圓形,俯視空孔片材時之各貫通孔之面積為78.5μm2。各貫通孔之直徑為10μm。開口率為50%。 The second adhesive solution was obtained by the same method as the first adhesive solution except for the composition according to Table 9. The second adhesive solution was applied onto a separator, and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to prepare a sheet having a coating layer of the second adhesive solution, and then a plurality of through-holes in the thickness direction of the sheet were formed to obtain an empty space. Hole sheet. The shape of the through hole when the hollow sheet was viewed from above was circular, and the area of each of the through holes when the hollow sheet was viewed was 78.5 μm 2 . Each of the through holes has a diameter of 10 μm. The aperture ratio is 50%.

於空孔片材及其周圍(空孔片材之周圍之區域)塗佈第1接著劑溶液,利用第1接著劑溶液填充貫通孔並且形成第1接著劑溶液之塗佈層。其後,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得圖48、圖49所示之實施形態1之形狀之接著片。 The first adhesive solution was applied to the perforated sheet and its surroundings (the region around the perforated sheet), and the through-hole was filled with the first adhesive solution to form a coating layer of the first adhesive solution. Thereafter, the film was dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a sheet of the shape of the embodiment 1 shown in Figs. 48 and 49.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。 The sheet then has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.

第2層之直徑為196mm,第2層之厚度為1μm。 The second layer has a diameter of 196 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 1 μm.

接著片之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為99μm。 Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet was 99 μm.

(實施例2) (Example 2)

除根據表9之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得第1接著劑溶液。 The first adhesive solution was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except for the aspect according to the composition of Table 9.

除代替空孔片材而使用開孔率為80%之鋁篩網之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得圖48、圖49所示之實施形態1之形狀之接著片。 An adhesive sheet having the shape of the first embodiment shown in Figs. 48 and 49 was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except that the aluminum mesh having an opening ratio of 80% was used instead of the porous sheet.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為120.5μm。 Next, the entire sheet had a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 120.5 μm.

第2層之直徑為198mm,第2層之厚度為0.5μm。 The second layer has a diameter of 198 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 0.5 μm.

接著片之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為120μm。 Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet was 120 μm.

(實施例3) (Example 3)

除根據表9之組成而獲得第1接著劑溶液及第2接著劑溶液之方面、俯視空孔片材時之貫通孔之形狀為三角形之方面、各貫通孔之面積為7.0mm2之方面、及開口率為10%之方面以外,利用與實施例1相 同之方法獲得圖48、圖49所示之實施形態1之形狀之接著片。 In addition to the first adhesive solution and the second adhesive solution according to the composition of Table 9, the shape of the through hole when the porous sheet is viewed in a plan view is triangular, and the area of each through hole is 7.0 mm 2 . Further, in the same manner as in the first embodiment, a film of the shape of the first embodiment shown in Figs. 48 and 49 was obtained except that the aperture ratio was 10%.

接著片整體之直徑為200mm,厚度為100μm。 The sheet then has a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 100 μm.

第2層之直徑為197mm,第2層之厚度為1μm。 The second layer has a diameter of 197 mm and the second layer has a thickness of 1 μm.

接著片之中央部之第1接著劑層之厚度為99μm。 Next, the thickness of the first adhesive layer in the central portion of the sheet was 99 μm.

(比較例1) (Comparative Example 1)

除根據表9之組成之方面以外,利用與實施例1相同之方法獲得第1接著劑溶液。 The first adhesive solution was obtained by the same method as in Example 1 except for the aspect according to the composition of Table 9.

將第1接著劑溶液塗佈於隔片上,於90℃下乾燥3分鐘而獲得包含第1接著劑之單層之接著片。接著片為圓形,直徑為200mm,厚度為150μm。 The first adhesive solution was applied onto a separator and dried at 90 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a continuous sheet comprising a single layer of the first adhesive. The sheet was then round, 200 mm in diameter and 150 μm thick.

[第1接著劑層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of the first adhesive layer]

將接著片之僅包含第1接著劑層(第1接著劑溶液之塗佈層)之面貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之接著片。 The surface of the adhesive sheet including only the first adhesive layer (coating layer of the first adhesive solution) was bonded to an 8-inch wafer and subjected to a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours. Amination is carried out to obtain a film with a tantalum wafer attached.

將附有矽晶圓之接著片加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表10。 The backing sheet with the tantalum wafer was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peeling evaluation was performed under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C. and 300 mm/min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). The results are shown in Table 10.

[空孔片材及鋁篩網(具有多個貫通孔之構造體)之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion force of a perforated sheet and an aluminum mesh (structure having a plurality of through holes)] (實施例1、實施例3) (Example 1, Example 3)

將實施例1、實施例3之空孔片材貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之空孔片材。 The porous sheet of Example 1 and Example 3 was bonded to an 8-inch wafer and imidized in a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours to obtain an air-filled wafer. Hole sheet.

將附有矽晶圓之空孔片材加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表10。 The perforated sheet with the tantalum wafer was processed into a 20 mm width and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peel evaluation was performed using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm/min. . The results are shown in Table 10.

(實施例2) (Example 2)

將鋁篩網貼合於8吋矽晶圓上而獲得附有矽晶圓之鋁篩網。將所獲得之附有矽晶圓之鋁篩網加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表10。 An aluminum screen attached to the enamel wafer was obtained by attaching an aluminum screen to an 8-inch wafer. The aluminum screen with the enamel wafer obtained was processed into a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and subjected to a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H) at a temperature of 23 ° C and 300 mm / min for 90 °. Peel evaluation. The results are shown in Table 10.

[第2層之接著力之測定] [Measurement of the adhesion of the second layer]

自接著片切出第2層(包含空孔片材或鋁篩網、及填充於該等貫通孔中之第1接著劑的第2層),對切出之第2層貼合於8吋矽晶圓上並於300℃、1.5小時之條件下在氮氣環境中進行醯亞胺化而獲得附有矽晶圓之第2層。 The second layer (including the porous sheet or the aluminum mesh and the second layer of the first adhesive filled in the through holes) is cut out from the succeeding sheet, and the cut second layer is bonded to the second layer. The second layer with the ruthenium wafer was obtained by ruthenium imidization on a ruthenium wafer under a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours.

將附有矽晶圓之第2層加工成20mm寬度、100mm長度,使用拉伸試驗機(島津製作所製造、Autograph AGS-H)於溫度23℃、300mm/分鐘之條件下進行90°剝離評價。將結果示於表10。 The second layer with the ruthenium wafer was processed to have a width of 20 mm and a length of 100 mm, and a 90° peeling evaluation was performed under the conditions of a temperature of 23° C. and 300 mm/min using a tensile tester (manufactured by Shimadzu Corporation, Autograph AGS-H). The results are shown in Table 10.

<製程耐性評價> <Process tolerance evaluation> (實施例1~3) (Examples 1 to 3)

將實施例1~3之接著片之第1接著劑層及第2層露出之面貼附於基座(直徑200mm、厚度726μm之矽晶圓)上。貼附係藉由溫度90℃、壓力0.1MPa之輥式層壓而進行。其後,於300℃、1.5小時、氮氣環境下之條件下進行醯亞胺化。藉此,獲得附有基座之接著片。繼而,利用半加成法於接著片上形成配線。具體而言,利用上述實施形態中所說明之方法而形成。 The first adhesive layer of the succeeding films of Examples 1 to 3 and the exposed surface of the second layer were attached to a susceptor (a wafer having a diameter of 200 mm and a thickness of 726 μm). The attachment was carried out by roll lamination at a temperature of 90 ° C and a pressure of 0.1 MPa. Thereafter, the oxime imidization was carried out under the conditions of a nitrogen atmosphere at 300 ° C for 1.5 hours. Thereby, an adhesive sheet with a pedestal is obtained. Then, wiring is formed on the succeeding film by a semi-additive method. Specifically, it is formed by the method described in the above embodiment.

(比較例1) (Comparative Example 1)

利用與實施例1~3相同之方法製作附有基座之接著片,繼而,利用半加成法於接著片上形成配線。 A susceptor-attached sheet was produced in the same manner as in Examples 1 to 3, and then wiring was formed on the sheet by a semi-additive method.

形成上述配線之結果,將接著片未自基座剝離且形成過程中之配線未自接著片剝離之情形評價為○,將接著片自基座剝離之情形、或形成過程中之配線自接著片剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表 10。 As a result of the above-described wiring, the case where the bonding sheet was not peeled off from the susceptor and the wiring during the formation was not peeled off from the bonding sheet was evaluated as ○, the bonding sheet was peeled off from the susceptor, or the wiring was formed from the bonding sheet during the formation. The case of peeling was evaluated as ×. Show the results in the table 10.

<剝離性評價> <Release evaluation>

利用與上述製程耐性評價相同之方法獲得附有基座之接著片。 A susceptor-attached sheet was obtained by the same method as the above process resistance evaluation.

使用湯普生刀自接著片層之側面向內側切出切口。切口係切割至第2層。切出切口後,利用真空鑷子吸附接著片之中央部並向上側提拉。將接著片或接著片之一部分自基座剝離之情形評價為○,將未剝離之情形評價為×。將結果示於表10。 The incision was made inward from the side of the subsequent sheet using a Thompson knife. The slit is cut to the second layer. After the slit was cut out, the central portion of the sheet was suctioned by a vacuum forceps and pulled up to the upper side. The case where one part of the adhesive sheet or the succeeding film was peeled off from the susceptor was evaluated as ○, and the case where no peeling was performed was evaluated as ×. The results are shown in Table 10.

5‧‧‧接著片 5‧‧‧Next film

50‧‧‧第1接著劑層 50‧‧‧1st adhesive layer

51‧‧‧第2層 51‧‧‧2nd floor

53‧‧‧中央部 53‧‧‧Central Department

54‧‧‧周邊部 54‧‧‧ peripherals

Claims (5)

一種半導體裝置之製造方法,其特徵在於:其係具有於配線上安裝有工件之構造之半導體裝置之製造方法,且包括:準備接著片之步驟,該接著片係具有第1接著劑層及貼附於基座上之後的接著力低於上述第1接著劑層之第2層者,且至少上述接著片之周邊部由上述第1接著劑層形成;將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟;於貼合於上述基座上之後的上述接著片上形成配線之步驟;於上述配線上安裝工件之步驟;及上述安裝後將附有配線之工件自上述基座分離之步驟。 A method of manufacturing a semiconductor device, comprising: a method of manufacturing a semiconductor device having a structure in which a workpiece is mounted on a wiring, and comprising: a step of preparing a bonding sheet having a first adhesive layer and a sticker The adhesion force after being attached to the susceptor is lower than the second layer of the first adhesive layer, and at least the peripheral portion of the adhesive sheet is formed of the first adhesive layer; and the adhesive sheet is attached to the susceptor a step of forming a wiring on the bonding sheet after bonding to the susceptor; a step of mounting a workpiece on the wiring; and a step of separating the workpiece with the wiring from the susceptor after the mounting. 如請求項1之半導體裝置之製造方法,其中上述接著片於較上述周邊部更內側之中央部係由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成,且貼合於上述基座上之步驟係以上述第2層露出之側的面作為貼合面而將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 1, wherein the adhesive sheet is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer at a central portion further inside the peripheral portion, and is bonded to the susceptor The step of bonding the above-mentioned adhesive sheet to the susceptor by using the surface on the side where the second layer is exposed is used as a bonding surface. 如請求項1之半導體裝置之製造方法,其中上述接著片於較上述周邊部更內側之中央部係由上述第2層形成。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 1, wherein the succeeding sheet is formed by the second layer at a central portion further inside the peripheral portion. 如請求項1之半導體裝置之製造方法,其中上述接著片於較上述周邊部更內側之中央部係由上述第1接著劑層與上述第2層之積層形成,且貼合於上述基座上之步驟係以僅上述第1接著劑層露出之側的面作為貼合面而將上述接著片貼合於基座上之步驟。 The method of manufacturing a semiconductor device according to claim 1, wherein the adhesive sheet is formed of a laminate of the first adhesive layer and the second layer at a central portion further inside the peripheral portion, and is bonded to the susceptor The step of bonding the above-mentioned adhesive sheet to the susceptor by using only the surface on the side where the first adhesive layer is exposed as the bonding surface. 一種接著片,其係用於如請求項1至4中任一項之半導體裝置之製造方法。 An adhesive sheet for use in a method of fabricating a semiconductor device according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
TW102133991A 2012-09-28 2013-09-18 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and bonding sheet TW201417162A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012218415A JP2014072442A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Semiconductor device manufacturing method
JP2012218411A JP2014072441A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
JP2012218402A JP2014072438A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
JP2012218407A JP2014072440A (en) 2012-09-28 2012-09-28 Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
JP2012240294A JP2014090123A (en) 2012-10-31 2012-10-31 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and adhesive sheet

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201417162A true TW201417162A (en) 2014-05-01

Family

ID=50388067

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW102133991A TW201417162A (en) 2012-09-28 2013-09-18 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and bonding sheet

Country Status (2)

Country Link
TW (1) TW201417162A (en)
WO (1) WO2014050662A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6691816B2 (en) * 2016-05-18 2020-05-13 東京応化工業株式会社 Method for manufacturing sealed body

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4541763B2 (en) * 2004-01-19 2010-09-08 新光電気工業株式会社 Circuit board manufacturing method
JP4897281B2 (en) * 2005-12-07 2012-03-14 新光電気工業株式会社 Wiring board manufacturing method and electronic component mounting structure manufacturing method
JP5410660B2 (en) * 2007-07-27 2014-02-05 新光電気工業株式会社 WIRING BOARD AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD, ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DEVICE AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD
JP5526746B2 (en) * 2009-12-04 2014-06-18 凸版印刷株式会社 Multilayer substrate manufacturing method and supporting substrate

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2014050662A1 (en) 2014-04-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5804084B2 (en) Method for producing adhesive sheet having separated adhesive layer, method for producing wiring board using adhesive sheet, and method for producing semiconductor device
KR100602537B1 (en) Semiconductor Joining Substrate-Use Tape with Adhesive and Copper-Clad Laminate Sheet Using It
TW200423316A (en) Adhesive film for semiconductor, adhesive film attached on metal plate, wiring circuit and semiconductor device with the same, and the manufacturing method for semiconductor device
KR20070029068A (en) Method for thinning substrate and method for manufacturing circuit device
TW201232650A (en) Tape for processing wafer, method for manufacturing tape for processing wafer, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TWI749111B (en) Double-sided adhesive sheet and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
TW201225776A (en) Multilayer wiring substrate
US20140249269A1 (en) Thermally-detachable sheet
JP2014072445A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method
WO2014181659A1 (en) Transparent-circuit-board manufacturing method
TW201417162A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and bonding sheet
JP2014072440A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
WO2014181658A1 (en) Transparent-circuit-board manufacturing method
JP2013153124A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2014090123A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor device and adhesive sheet
TW201428862A (en) Semiconductor-device manufacturing method
JP2014072438A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet
JP2014088523A (en) Adhesive sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2013153122A (en) Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP2014070183A (en) Adhesive sheet for manufacturing semiconductor device, and method for manufacturing semiconductor device
TW201417161A (en) Adhesive sheet for semiconductor device production, semiconductor device, and method for producing semiconductor device
WO2013058054A1 (en) Thermally-detachable sheet
JP2008153279A (en) Film for dicing and die bonding, and method of manufacturing semiconductor chip
JP7375764B2 (en) Film adhesive, adhesive sheet, semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
JP2014072441A (en) Semiconductor device manufacturing method and adhesive sheet